WO2024043156A1 - Ventilation control system, ventilation control device, ventilation control program, temperature adjustment/control system, temperature adjustment/control device, and temperature adjustment/control program - Google Patents

Ventilation control system, ventilation control device, ventilation control program, temperature adjustment/control system, temperature adjustment/control device, and temperature adjustment/control program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024043156A1
WO2024043156A1 PCT/JP2023/029611 JP2023029611W WO2024043156A1 WO 2024043156 A1 WO2024043156 A1 WO 2024043156A1 JP 2023029611 W JP2023029611 W JP 2023029611W WO 2024043156 A1 WO2024043156 A1 WO 2024043156A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
control
ventilation
temperature adjustment
control information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/029611
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
雄介 岩屋
由治 佐藤
Original Assignee
ｃｙｎａｐｓ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ｃｙｎａｐｓ株式会社 filed Critical ｃｙｎａｐｓ株式会社
Publication of WO2024043156A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024043156A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00—Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/70—Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof
    • F24F11/72—Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof for controlling the supply of treated air, e.g. its pressure
    • F24F11/74—Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof for controlling the supply of treated air, e.g. its pressure for controlling air flow rate or air velocity
    • F24F11/77—Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof for controlling the supply of treated air, e.g. its pressure for controlling air flow rate or air velocity by controlling the speed of ventilators
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F7/00—Ventilation
    • F24F7/007—Ventilation with forced flow
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00—Administration; Management
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q50/00—Information and communication technology [ICT] specially adapted for implementation of business processes of specific business sectors, e.g. utilities or tourism
    • G06Q50/10—Services
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F2110/00—Control inputs relating to air properties
    • F24F2110/50—Air quality properties
    • F24F2110/64—Airborne particle content
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02B—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO BUILDINGS, e.g. HOUSING, HOUSE APPLIANCES OR RELATED END-USER APPLICATIONS
    • Y02B30/00—Energy efficient heating, ventilation or air conditioning [HVAC]
    • Y02B30/70—Efficient control or regulation technologies, e.g. for control of refrigerant flow, motor or heating

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a ventilation control system, a ventilation control device, a ventilation control program, a temperature adjustment control system, and a temperature adjustment control system for controlling a ventilation device that ventilates the interior of a building structure or a temperature adjustment device that adjusts the temperature of the room.
  • the present invention relates to a device and a temperature adjustment control program.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses an equipment control system that controls equipment to be controlled, such as an air conditioner, using a control program downloaded by a remote terminal connectable to a communication network.
  • the ventilation device or temperature control device is constantly connected to the communication network in order to receive various requests via the communication network. need to be. Therefore, for example, a ventilation device or a temperature control device that is already installed in a building and does not support connection of a remote terminal cannot be controlled.
  • the corresponding control programs differ depending on the type of ventilation equipment or temperature control equipment (ventilation fan, damper, air conditioner, total heat exchanger, air conditioner without ventilation function, etc.), we will arrange multiple control programs. There is a concern that management will be complicated.
  • the present invention has been devised in view of the above-mentioned problems, and its purpose is to improve the convenience of a ventilation system that ventilates the interior of a building structure or a temperature control system that adjusts the interior temperature.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a ventilation control system, a ventilation control device, a ventilation control program, a temperature adjustment control system, a temperature adjustment control device, and a temperature adjustment control program, all of which have improved functionality.
  • an existing ventilation device that performs indoor ventilation
  • an existing ventilation device operation section that outputs control information for controlling the ventilation device, the ventilation device, and the ventilation device a ventilation control device newly installed between the operation unit
  • the ventilation control device includes reference control information including control information of the ventilation device, and reference device information including device information of the ventilation device.
  • a device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit by referring to a first database stored in a linked manner in advance;
  • Reference operation information including operation information and reference control information including control information of the ventilation device are stored in advance in association with each device information of the ventilation device.
  • Setting means for acquiring operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified by the information specifying means from the second database, and setting the acquired operation information and control information for the ventilation control device. It is characterized by comprising the following.
  • the device information specifying means sets a set of input data including the reference control information and output data including the reference device information. Using the dataset as learning data and referring to the device information model generated by machine learning and stored in advance in the first database, device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit is specified. It is characterized by
  • the setting means sets a set of input data including the reference operation information and output data including the reference control information. is generated by machine learning using a data set as learning data, and with reference to a control information model stored in advance in the second database, operation information according to the device information specified by the device information specifying means. and control information corresponding to the operation information.
  • the ventilation control system in the fourth aspect of the invention, reproduces and generates the control information acquired from the ventilation device operating section, and among the reproduced control information output to the ventilation device, a learning data acquisition means for acquiring learning data including reproduction control information capable of controlling corresponding to the operation information of the ventilation device and device information of the ventilation device; and based on the learning data acquired by the learning data acquisition means,
  • the apparatus is characterized by further comprising: apparatus information model generation means for generating an apparatus information model by machine learning.
  • the ventilation control system reproduces and generates the control information acquired from the ventilation device operating section, and out of the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device, learning data acquisition means for acquiring learning data including reproduction control information capable of controlling the operation information corresponding to the operation information;
  • control information model generation means for generating a control information model.
  • the ventilation control device includes at least indoor information, external information, performance information, indoor sensor information, and outdoor sensor information regarding the room or the ventilation device.
  • an information acquisition means for acquiring various information including one or more pieces of information
  • a management setting means for setting control conditions for automatically controlling the ventilation device, the various information acquired by the information acquisition means, and the management and determining means for determining the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilator based on the control condition set by the setting means, and determining the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilation device based on the degree of necessity determined by the determination means.
  • the control information set by the means is output to the ventilation device.
  • the management setting means sets the control conditions based on the various information acquired by the information acquisition means.
  • the management setting means uses the determination model using the degree of necessity for the various information as training data, and The control condition is set according to the degree of necessity output from the determination model when various information is input.
  • the information acquisition means refers to preset calibration conditions and calibrates the acquired various information. .
  • the ventilation control device is newly installed between an existing ventilation device that performs indoor ventilation and an existing ventilation device operation section that outputs control information for controlling the ventilation device.
  • reference control information including control information of the ventilation device and reference device information including device information of the ventilation device are stored in a linked manner in advance, with reference to a first database; device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit; reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details of the ventilation device; and reference operation information including control information of the ventilation device;
  • operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified by the device information specifying means are determined. It is characterized by comprising a setting means for acquiring the acquired operation information and the control information from the second database and setting the acquired operation information and the control information to the ventilation control device.
  • an existing ventilation device that performs indoor ventilation
  • an existing ventilation device operation section that outputs control information for controlling the ventilation device, the ventilation device, and the ventilation device
  • a ventilation control program that controls a ventilation control system that is newly installed between a ventilation control device and an operation unit
  • reference control information that includes control information of the ventilation device and reference control information that includes device information of the ventilation device are provided.
  • the method is characterized by causing a computer to execute a setting step.
  • an existing temperature adjustment device that adjusts the indoor temperature
  • an existing temperature adjustment device operating section that outputs control information for controlling the temperature adjustment device
  • the temperature adjustment device a temperature adjustment control device newly installed between the adjustment device and the temperature adjustment device operation section
  • the temperature adjustment control device includes reference control information including control information of the temperature adjustment device;
  • a device that specifies device information corresponding to control information acquired from the temperature control device operation unit by referring to a first database in which reference device information including device information of the device is stored in a linked manner in advance.
  • the information specifying means, reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details of the temperature adjustment device, and reference control information including control information of the temperature adjustment device are linked in advance for each device information of the temperature adjustment device.
  • the device information specifying means obtains operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified by the device information specifying means from the second database, and then obtains operation information and control information for the temperature adjustment control device. , and a setting means for setting the acquired operation information and the control information.
  • the temperature adjustment control device in the thirteenth invention between the existing temperature adjustment device that adjusts the indoor temperature and the existing temperature adjustment device operating section that outputs control information for controlling the temperature adjustment device.
  • a temperature adjustment control device that is newly installed in 1; a device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the temperature control device operation unit after referring to a database; and reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details of the temperature control device; , reference control information including control information of the temperature adjustment device, and the device identified by the device information specifying means after referring to a second database stored in advance in association with each device information of the temperature adjustment device. and a setting means for acquiring operation information and control information corresponding to the information from the second database and setting the acquired operation information and control information to the temperature adjustment control device.
  • an existing temperature adjustment device that adjusts the indoor temperature
  • an existing temperature adjustment device operating section that outputs control information for controlling the temperature adjustment device
  • the temperature adjustment device
  • a temperature adjustment control program that controls a temperature adjustment control system comprising a temperature adjustment control device newly installed between an adjustment device and the temperature adjustment device operating section, a reference control including control information of the temperature adjustment device.
  • operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified in the device information specifying step are acquired from the second database, and the temperature adjustment is performed.
  • the present invention is characterized by causing a computer to execute a setting step of setting the acquired operation information and the control information to the control device.
  • the ventilation control system includes a device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to control information acquired from a ventilation device operating section; and a setting means for acquiring the acquired operation information and control information from the second database and setting the acquired operation information and control information to the ventilation control device. Therefore, the ventilation device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the ventilation device. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation system can be improved.
  • the device information specifying means uses as learning data a data set including input data including reference control information and output data including reference device information. After referring to the device information model generated by learning, the device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit is specified. Therefore, the accuracy of specifying the device information of the ventilation device can be improved. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device can be further improved.
  • the setting means performs machine learning using a data set including input data including reference operation information and output data including reference control information as learning data. After referring to the generated control information model, operation information according to the device information specified by the device information specifying means and control information corresponding to the operation information are acquired. Therefore, even if the control information for the ventilation device is unknown, new control information can be generated. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of various ventilation devices.
  • the ventilation control system reproduces the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit, and controls the ventilation device corresponding to the operation information of the ventilation device among the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device.
  • a learning data acquisition means for acquiring learning data including reproduction control information that can be reproduced and equipment information of the ventilation device; and generating an equipment information model by machine learning based on the learning data acquired by the learning data acquisition means.
  • the apparatus further includes a device information model generating means for generating a device information model. In other words, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with ventilation equipment for which learning data cannot be arranged. Therefore, device information of various ventilation devices can be specified. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of various ventilation devices.
  • the ventilation control system reproduces the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit, and controls the ventilation device corresponding to the operation information of the ventilation device among the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device.
  • learning data acquisition means for acquiring learning data including reproduction control information that can be reproduced and the operation information; and control information for generating a control information model by machine learning based on the learning data acquired by the learning data acquisition means.
  • the apparatus further includes model generation means. In other words, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with ventilation equipment for which learning data cannot be arranged. Therefore, even if the control information for the ventilation device is unknown, more accurate control information can be newly generated. This makes it possible to improve the convenience of a wider variety of ventilation devices.
  • the ventilation control device includes various information including at least one of the acquired indoor information, external information, performance information, indoor sensor information, and outdoor sensor information, and settings.
  • the device further includes a determining means for determining the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilation device based on the control conditions determined by the determination means, and transmitting the control information set by the setting means to the ventilation device based on the degree of necessity determined by the determination means. Output against. Therefore, it is possible to automate the determination of the degree of necessity and the control of the device according to the various acquired information. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device can be further improved.
  • the management setting means sets the control conditions based on various information acquired by the information acquisition means. Therefore, it is possible to automate the setting of control conditions according to various types of acquired information. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device can be further improved.
  • the management setting means uses a judgment model that uses the degree of necessity for various pieces of information as training data, and when newly acquired various pieces of information are input, the management setting means uses a judgment model that uses the degree of necessity for each type of information as training data, and when newly acquired various pieces of information are input, the necessity level is output from the judgment model.
  • Set the control conditions according to the degree Therefore, even if the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilator according to the acquired various information is unknown, the degree of necessity can be determined more accurately. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device can be further improved.
  • the information acquisition means refers to preset calibration conditions and calibrates the various acquired information. Therefore, it is possible to more accurately determine the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilation device according to various information. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device can be further improved.
  • the ventilation control device includes device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to control information acquired from the ventilation device operating section, and operation information corresponding to the device information specified by the device information specifying device. and control information from the second database, and setting means for setting the acquired operation information and control information to the ventilation control device. Therefore, the ventilation device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the ventilation device. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation system can be improved.
  • the ventilation control program includes the device information specifying step of specifying device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operating section, and the operation information corresponding to the device information specified by the device information specifying means.
  • control information from a second database, and causes the computer to execute a setting step of setting the acquired operation information and control information to the ventilation control device. Therefore, the ventilation device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the ventilation device. Thereby, it is possible to provide a ventilation device with improved convenience.
  • the temperature adjustment control system includes: device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to control information acquired from a temperature control device operating section; and an operation according to the device information specified by the device information specifying means.
  • a setting means is provided for acquiring information and control information from a second database and setting the acquired operation information and control information to the temperature adjustment control device. Therefore, the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be improved.
  • the temperature adjustment control device includes device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to control information acquired from the temperature control device operating section, and an operation according to the device information specified by the device information specifying device.
  • a setting means is provided for acquiring information and control information from a second database and setting the acquired operation information and control information to the temperature adjustment control device. Therefore, the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be improved.
  • the temperature adjustment control program includes a device information specifying step of specifying device information corresponding to control information acquired from a temperature control device operating section, and an operation according to the device information specified by the device information specifying means.
  • the computer is caused to execute a setting step of acquiring the information and control information from the second database and setting the acquired operation information and control information to the temperature adjustment control device. Therefore, the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, it is possible to provide a temperature control device with improved convenience.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a ventilation control system according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a method of connecting the ventilation control system according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the connection method of the ventilation control system in the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4(a) is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of the ventilation control device in the first embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 4(b) is a detailed diagram of the ventilation control device in the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a configuration.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the ventilation control system according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a ventilation control system according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a method of connecting the ventilation control system according to
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system in the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing an example of information related to the ventilation control system according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 8(a) to 8(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of a database related to the ventilation control system according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 9(a) to 9(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of the first database related to the ventilation control system according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 10(a) to 10(c) are schematic diagrams showing an example of the second database related to the ventilation control system in the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11(a) to 11(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of details of the second database related to the ventilation control system according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a detailed configuration of a ventilation control device according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system in the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a learning method for a learning model related to the ventilation control system according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a detailed configuration of a ventilation control device according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system in the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a learning method of a learning model related to a ventilation control system according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a ventilation control system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a ventilation control system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system in the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram showing an example of an automatic control method for the ventilation control system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a learning method for a learning model related to a ventilation control system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a connection method of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the connection method of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 4(a) is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of the ventilation control device 3 in this embodiment, and
  • FIG. 4(b) is a schematic diagram showing an example of the detailed configuration of the ventilation control device 3 in this embodiment. It is a diagram.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • the ventilation control system 1 includes a ventilation device 2, a ventilation device operating section 200, and a ventilation control device 3.
  • the ventilation device 2 is an existing device that ventilates the room.
  • the ventilation device 2 is installed in a wired connection with the operating section.
  • Examples of the ventilation device 2 include a ventilation fan that does not have a temperature adjustment function.
  • the ventilation device 2 for example, an air conditioner having a temperature adjustment function may be used.
  • the term "wired connection” refers to a connection method for communication using a linear transmission path, and is used hereinafter with the same meaning.
  • a known circuit connection cable is used as the means for wired connection.
  • the ventilation device operation unit 200 is an existing operation unit that outputs control information for controlling the ventilation device 2.
  • the ventilation device operating section 200 is connected to the ventilation device 2 by wire.
  • the ventilation device operation unit 200 is, for example, an operation panel for operating the ventilation device 2.
  • the ventilation control device 3 is newly installed between the existing ventilation device 2 and the existing ventilation device operation section 200.
  • "between the existing ventilation system 2 and the existing ventilation system operation section 200" refers to the physical arrangement relationship between the ventilation control device 3, the ventilation system 2, and the ventilation system operation section 200. This does not necessarily mean that the ventilation device 2 and the ventilation device operation unit 200 are connected by wire via the ventilation control device 3.
  • the ventilation control device 3 is connected to the ventilation device 2 by wire so that each information can be sent and received.
  • the ventilation control device 3 is connected by wire to the ventilation device operation unit 200 so that various information can be transmitted and received.
  • the ventilation control device 3 for example, as shown in FIG. N
  • the negative terminal (N) of the ventilation device 2 are connected by wire, thereby establishing a wire connection with the ventilation device 2.
  • a positive terminal (P) of the ventilation control device 3 and a positive terminal (P) of the ventilation device operation unit 200 are connected by wire, and a negative terminal (N) of the ventilation control device 3 and a ventilation
  • the negative terminal (N) of the device operating section 200 is connected by wire, thereby establishing a wired connection to the ventilation device operating section 200.
  • the ventilation control device 3 can connect the existing ventilation device 2 and the existing ventilation device operation unit 200 by arbitrarily modifying and using an existing transmission line to connect the existing ventilation device 2 and the existing ventilation device operation unit 200 by wire. It may be connected to the device operation section 200 by wire. In this case, when the ventilation control device 3 is newly installed between the existing ventilation device 2 and the existing ventilation device operation section 200, there is no need to perform additional wiring work, etc., and the installation is easy. be able to.
  • the ventilation control device 3 may be connected by wire to a ventilation device 2 having an indoor unit 21 and an outdoor unit 22, as shown in FIG. 3, for example.
  • the positive terminal (P) of the ventilation control device 3 may be connected by wire to a transmission line that connects the positive terminal (P) of the indoor unit 21 and the positive terminal (P) of the outdoor unit 22 by wire.
  • the negative terminal (N) of the ventilation control device 3 may be connected by wire to a transmission line that connects the negative terminal (N) of the indoor unit 21 and the negative terminal (N) of the outdoor unit 22 by wire.
  • the ventilation control device 3 a known single board computer such as Raspberry Pi (registered trademark) is used, for example.
  • the ventilation control device 3 includes a housing 30, a CPU 301, a ROM (Read Only Memory) 302, a RAM (Random Access Memory) 303, a storage section 304, and an I/O. Equipped with F305 to F307.
  • Each configuration 301 - 307 is connected by an internal bus 310 .
  • the CPU 301 controls the entire ventilation control device 3.
  • the ROM 302 stores operation codes for the CPU 301.
  • the RAM 303 is a work area used when the CPU 301 operates.
  • the storage unit 304 stores various information such as a database and learning data.
  • a data storage device such as an HDD (Hard Disk Drive) or an SSD (Solid State Drive) is used.
  • the ventilation control device 3 may include, for example, a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit) not shown.
  • an external storage medium that is distinct from the ventilation control device 3 may be used in place of the storage unit 304, or may be used in combination with the storage unit 304.
  • the external storage medium may be, for example, a known personal computer or the like, and may be connected to the ventilation control device 3 via a communication network.
  • the communication network is, for example, the Internet network.
  • the communication network may be constituted by a so-called optical fiber communication network, and may be realized by a known communication technology such as a wireless communication network such as LTE (Long Term Evolution) in addition to a wired communication network.
  • the I/F 305 is an interface for transmitting and receiving various information with the ventilation device 2 or the ventilation device operation unit 200, etc., as necessary.
  • I/F 306 is an interface for transmitting and receiving information to and from input unit 308 .
  • a keyboard is used as the input unit 308, and the operator inputs control commands for various information and the like through the input unit 308.
  • I/F 307 is an interface for transmitting and receiving various information to and from display unit 309 .
  • the display unit 309 displays various information stored in the storage unit 304, evaluation results, etc.
  • a display is used as the display unit 309, and in the case of a touch panel type, for example, it is provided integrally with the input unit 308.
  • the ventilation control device 3 may be connected to a terminal 311 via the wireless communication network 4 and operated via the terminal 311, as shown in FIG. 5, for example.
  • the terminal 311 may be used as the input section 308 and the display section 309.
  • the terminal 311 for example, a known tablet terminal, smartphone, or the like is used.
  • FIG. 4(b) is a schematic diagram showing an example of a detailed configuration of the ventilation control device 3.
  • the ventilation control device 3 includes, for example, a communication means 31, a storage means 32, a device information specifying means 33, and a setting means 34. Note that each configuration shown in FIG. 4B is realized by the CPU 301 executing a program stored in the storage unit 304 or the like using the RAM 303 as a work area.
  • the communication means 31 receives, for example, information transmitted from the ventilator operation unit 200.
  • the communication means 31 receives, for example, control information for controlling the ventilation device 2 from the ventilation device operating section 200.
  • the communication means 31 transmits information to the ventilation device 2, for example.
  • the communication means 31 transmits control information for controlling the ventilation device 2 to the ventilation device 2, for example.
  • the communication means 31 may transmit received, transmitted, or generated information to an external storage medium that is distinguished from the ventilation control device 3, for example, in order to store the information in the external storage medium. .
  • the storage unit 32 stores, for example, the information received by the communication unit 31 in a database stored in the storage unit 304.
  • the storage unit 32 retrieves various data stored in a database stored in the storage unit 304, for example, as needed.
  • the storage unit 32 stores various data acquired or generated by each of the components 31, 33, and 34 in a database stored in the storage unit 304 as necessary.
  • the device information specifying means 33 specifies device information corresponding to control information for controlling the ventilation device 2 .
  • the device information includes, for example, information on the type of ventilation device (ventilation fan, air conditioner, etc.), manufacturer information, model number information, and the like.
  • the device information specifying means 33 refers to a database stored in the storage unit 304, for example, and specifies device information corresponding to control information for controlling the ventilation device 2.
  • the device information specifying means 33 may specify device information corresponding to control information for controlling the ventilation device 2, for example, by referring to a database stored in an external storage medium.
  • the setting means 34 acquires operation information and control information according to the device information of the ventilation device 2 specified by the device information specifying means 33, and sets it for the ventilation control device 3.
  • the operation information is , is information indicating the operation details of the ventilation device, and includes "start", "increase the air flow rate by one level", etc.
  • the setting unit 34 refers to a database stored in the storage unit 304, for example, and obtains operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified by the device information specifying unit 33.
  • the setting means 34 may refer to a database stored in an external storage medium, for example, and obtain the operation information and control information according to the device information specified by the device information specifying means 33.
  • ventilation control system 1 is referred to as “temperature adjustment control system”
  • ventilation control device 2 is referred to as “temperature adjustment device”
  • ventilation control device operation unit 200 is referred to as “temperature adjustment control system.”
  • adjustment device operation section and “ventilation control device 3” may be read as “temperature adjustment control device” respectively.
  • the temperature adjustment control system includes a temperature adjustment device corresponding to the ventilation device 2, a temperature adjustment device operation section corresponding to the ventilation device operation section 200, and a temperature adjustment control device corresponding to the ventilation control device 3.
  • the temperature adjustment device is an existing device that adjusts the indoor temperature, and is installed by being connected by wire to the temperature adjustment device operation section.
  • Examples of the temperature control device include a total heat exchanger, an air conditioner without a ventilation function, and other air conditioning equipment.
  • the temperature adjustment device operation unit is an existing operation unit that outputs control information for controlling the temperature adjustment device, and is, for example, an operation panel for operating the temperature adjustment device.
  • the temperature adjustment control device is newly installed between the existing temperature adjustment device and the existing temperature adjustment device operating section.
  • “between the existing temperature adjustment device and the existing temperature adjustment device operation section” means that the temperature adjustment device and the temperature adjustment device operation section are connected by wire via the temperature adjustment control device.
  • the temperature adjustment control device is connected by wire to the temperature adjustment device and the temperature adjustment device operation unit so that each information can be sent and received.
  • the temperature adjustment control device has, for example, the same configuration as the ventilation control device 3, and uses a known single board computer.
  • the temperature adjustment control device includes, for example, like the ventilation control device 3, the above-mentioned communication means 31, storage means 32, device information specifying means 33, and setting means 34.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing an example of information related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • FIGS. 8(a) to 8(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of a database related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • FIGS. 9(a) to 9(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of the first database related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • FIGS. 10(a) to 10(c) are schematic diagrams showing an example of the second database related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • FIGS. 11(a) to 11(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of details of the second database related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • the ventilation control system 1 is executed, for example, via a ventilation control program installed in the ventilation control device 3.
  • the operation of the ventilation control system 1 includes, for example, as shown in FIG. 6, a device information specifying step S110 and a setting step S120.
  • the ventilation control device 3 acquires the control information D33' included in the control information D33 from the ventilation device operating section 200.
  • the device information specifying means 33 refers to the first database 61 and specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33 that the ventilation control device 3 has acquired from the ventilator operation unit 200.
  • the ventilation control system 1 may acquire, for example, the operation information D32 of the ventilation device 2 together with the device information D31.
  • the device information D31 includes information regarding the ventilation device 2.
  • the device information D31 includes type information (ventilation fan, air conditioner, etc.) of the ventilation device 2, manufacturer information, model number information, and the like.
  • the operation information D32 includes information indicating the operation details of the ventilation device 2.
  • the operation information D32 includes information indicating operation details such as, for example, "activating" the ventilation device 2 or "increasing the air flow rate by one level.”
  • the operation information D32 acquired by various devices is not limited to a form that acquires all information indicating the operation details of the ventilation device 2, but may indicate the operation details of the ventilation device 2 as necessary. This includes the form in which at least part of the information is obtained.
  • the control information D33 includes information for controlling the ventilation device 2.
  • the control information D33 includes signal information for controlling the ventilation device 2, for example.
  • the control information D33 that the ventilation control device 3 acquires from the ventilation device operation unit 200 will be described as control information D33'.
  • Control information D33' is included in control information D33 and is the same type of information as control information D33.
  • the control information D33 acquired by various devices is not limited to a form in which all information for controlling the ventilation device 2 is acquired, and the control information D33 is used to control the ventilation device 2 as necessary. including the form in which at least part of the information for the purpose is obtained.
  • the first database 61 is stored in the ventilation control device 3, for example.
  • the first database 61 is stored in the storage unit 304 included in the ventilation control device 3, for example.
  • the first database 61 may be stored in an external storage medium, for example.
  • the first database 61 for example, reference device information D61-1 including device information D31 of the ventilation device 2 and reference control information D63-1 including control information D33 of the ventilation device 2 are stored in advance in a linked manner. Ru.
  • the first database 61 includes a device information table T611 for storing reference device information D61-1 and a control information table T611 for storing reference control information D61-3. T613.
  • the device information table T611 stores reference device information D61-1, for example, as shown in FIG. 9(a).
  • the reference device information D61-1 is stored, for example, in the device information table T611.
  • the reference device information D61-1 includes, for example, device information of a ventilation device.
  • the reference device information D61-1 includes, for example, ventilation device type information (ventilation fan, air conditioner, etc.), manufacturer information, model number information, and the like.
  • the reference device information D61-1 includes, for example, device information D31.
  • Control information table T613 stores reference control information D63-1, as shown in FIG. 9(b), for example.
  • the reference control information D63-1 is stored, for example, in the control information table T613.
  • the reference control information D63-1 includes, for example, control information for a ventilation system.
  • the reference control information D63-1 includes, for example, signal information for controlling a ventilation device.
  • the reference control information D63-1 includes, for example, the control information D33.
  • the control information included in the reference control information D63-1 is linked, for example, with the device information included in the reference device information D61-1.
  • model number information "A123” made by manufacturer A and signal information "10XXX” for controlling model number information "A123” are linked.
  • model number information "B456” made by manufacturer B and the signal information "20XXX” for controlling the model number information "B456” are linked.
  • the setting means 34 refers to the second database 62 and sets the operation information D32 and control information D33 according to the device information D31 specified by the device information specifying means 33 in the device information specifying step S110.
  • the acquired operation information D32 and control information D33 are acquired from the second database 62 and set for the ventilation control device 3.
  • the ventilation device 2 can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the ventilation device 2.
  • the control information D33 acquired by the setting means 34 in the setting step S120 is not limited to acquiring all the control information for controlling the ventilation apparatus 2, but for example, the control information D33 for controlling the ventilation apparatus 2.
  • the setting means 34 may acquire only the same control information as the control information D33' that the ventilation control device 3 acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200 in the device information specifying step S110, and the control information Only the control information including the control information D33′ included in the control information D33 may be acquired, or the control information including the control information D33′ included in the control information D33 excluding the control information D33′ may be acquired. Only control information may be acquired.
  • the operation information D32 acquired by the setting means 34 in the setting step S120 is also similar to the control information D33, and is not limited to acquiring all the information indicating the operation contents of the ventilation device 2. Only part of the information indicating the operation details may be acquired, and the same applies below.
  • the second database 62 is stored in the ventilation control device 3, for example.
  • the second database 62 is stored in the storage unit 304 included in the ventilation control device 3, for example.
  • the second database 62 may be stored in an external storage medium, for example.
  • the second database 62 may be stored, for example, in the same storage medium as the first database 61, or may be stored in a different storage medium.
  • the second database 62 includes, for example, reference operation information D62-2 including operation information D32 of the ventilation device 2, reference control information D63-2 including control information D33 of the ventilation device 2, and device information of the ventilation device 2.
  • Each reference device information D61-2 including D31 is stored in association with each other in advance.
  • the second database 62 includes a device information table T621 for storing reference device information D61-2 and an operation information table T621 for storing reference operation information D62-2. T622, and a control information table T623 for storing reference control information D63-2.
  • the device information table T621 stores reference device information D61-2, for example, as shown in FIG. 10(a).
  • the reference device information D61-2 is stored, for example, in the device information table T621.
  • the reference device information D61-2 includes, for example, the same information as the reference device information D61-1.
  • the operation information table T622 stores reference operation information D62-2, as shown in FIG. 10(b), for example.
  • the reference operation information D62-2 is stored, for example, in the operation information table T622.
  • the reference operation information D62-2 includes, for example, operation information indicating operation details of the ventilation device.
  • the reference operation information D62-2 includes, for example, the operation information D32.
  • Control information table T623>> The control information table T623 stores reference control information D63-2, as shown in FIG. 10(c), for example.
  • the reference control information D63-2 is stored, for example, in the control information table T623.
  • the reference control information D63-2 includes, for example, the same information as the reference control information D63-1.
  • the reference device information D61-2 includes a library number assigned to each piece of device information including type information, manufacturer information, model number information, etc., as shown in FIG. 11(a), for example.
  • the reference device information D61-2 includes, for example, type information "ventilation fan”, manufacturer information "Company A”, model number information "A123”, and library number "1".
  • the operation details of the library number "1" included in the reference device information D61-2 and the model number information "A123” included in the reference operation information D62-2 The operation information indicating "start” and the signal information "10001” included in the reference control information D63-2 and used to control the model number information "A123” to execute the operation content "start” are linked. It will be done. Also, for example, the library number "1" included in the reference device information D61-2 and the operation content "increase the air blow rate by one level” for the model number information "A123” included in the reference operation information D62-2 are shown.
  • the operation information is associated with signal information "10002" for controlling the model number information "A123” to execute the operation content "increase the air blowing amount by one level”.
  • the reference operation information D62-2 and the reference control information D63-2 are stored in advance in association with each reference device information D61-2.
  • the reference operation information D62-2 and the reference control information D63-2 may be linked to the model number information "A123", for example, without using the library number included in the reference device information D61-2. .
  • each step described above is carried out, the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment is completed.
  • each step mentioned above may be implemented repeatedly, for example.
  • ventilation control system 1 is referred to as “temperature adjustment control system”
  • ventilation control device 2 is referred to as “temperature adjustment device”
  • ventilation control device operation unit 200 is referred to as “temperature adjustment control system.”
  • adjustment device operation section and “ventilation control device 3” may be read as “temperature adjustment control device” respectively.
  • the operation of the temperature adjustment control system is executed, for example, via a temperature adjustment control program installed in the temperature adjustment control device.
  • the operation of the temperature adjustment control system may include, for example, the above-described device information specifying step S110 and setting step S120, similarly to the operation of the ventilation control system 1.
  • the temperature adjustment control device acquires the control information D33' included in the control information D33, for example from the temperature adjustment device operating section.
  • the device information specifying means 33 refers to the first database 61 and specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33 that the temperature adjustment control device acquires from the temperature adjustment device operating section.
  • the temperature adjustment control system may acquire, for example, the operation information D32 of the temperature adjustment device together with the device information D31.
  • the device information D31 includes, for example, type information of the temperature control device (such as an air conditioner without a total heat exchanger or ventilation function), manufacturer information, model number information, and the like.
  • the operation information D32 includes information indicating operation details, such as “activating” the temperature control device or “increasing the indoor temperature by 1° C.”, for example.
  • the setting means 34 refers to the second database 62 and sets the operation information D32 and control information D33 according to the device information D31 specified by the device information specifying means 33 in the device information specifying step S110.
  • the obtained operation information D32 and control information D33 are obtained from the second database 62 and set for the temperature adjustment control device.
  • the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be improved.
  • the ventilation control system 1 includes a device information specifying means 33 that specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operating section 200, and a device specified by the device information specifying means 33.
  • a setting means 34 that acquires operation information D32 and control information D33 corresponding to the information D31 from the second database 62, and sets the acquired operation information D32 and control information D33 to the ventilation control device 3; Equipped with Therefore, the ventilation device 2 can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the ventilation device 2. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be improved.
  • the ventilation control device 3 includes a device information specifying means 33 that specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200, and a device specified by the device information specifying device 33.
  • a setting means 34 that acquires operation information D32 and control information D33 corresponding to the information D31 from the second database 62, and sets the acquired operation information D32 and control information D33 to the ventilation control device 3; Equipped with Therefore, the ventilation device 2 can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the ventilation device 2. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be improved.
  • the ventilation control program includes a device information specifying step S110 that specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the ventilator operation unit 200, and the device information specified by the device information specifying step S110.
  • the temperature adjustment control system includes a device information specifying means 33 that specifies device information D31 corresponding to control information D33' acquired from a temperature control device operating section, and a device specified by the device information specifying means 33.
  • a setting means 34 that acquires operation information D32 and control information D33 corresponding to the information D31 from the second database 62, and sets the acquired operation information D32 and control information D33 to the temperature adjustment control device; Equipped with Therefore, the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be improved.
  • the temperature adjustment control device includes the device information specifying means 33 that specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the temperature control device operating section, and the device specified by the device information specifying means 33.
  • a setting means 34 that acquires operation information D32 and control information D33 corresponding to the information D31 from the second database 62, and sets the acquired operation information D32 and control information D33 to the temperature adjustment control device; Equipped with Therefore, the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be improved.
  • the temperature adjustment control program includes a device information specifying step S110 that specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the temperature control device operation unit, and a device information specifying step S110 that specifies the device information D31 that corresponds to the control information D33' acquired from the temperature control device operation unit.
  • a setting step S120 of acquiring operation information D32 and control information D33 corresponding to the information D31 from the second database 62, and setting the acquired operation information D32 and control information D33 for the temperature adjustment control device have the computer execute it. Therefore, the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, it is possible to provide a temperature control device with improved convenience.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a detailed configuration of the ventilation control device 3 in this embodiment.
  • the ventilation control device 3 further includes a learning data acquisition means 35 and a device information model generation means 36, and the device information specifying means 33 specifies the device information D31 by referring to the learning model. This is different from the first embodiment. Note that the description of the same configurations as those described above will be omitted.
  • the ventilation control device 3 further includes learning data acquisition means 35 and device information model generation means 36, as shown in FIG. 12, for example.
  • the device information specifying means 33 refers to a learning model stored in advance in the first database 61, for example, and specifies device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200.
  • the learning data acquisition means 35 reproduces and generates the acquired control information as reproduction control information, for example, and acquires control information including the generated reproduction control information and device information of the ventilation device as learning data.
  • the reproduction control information will be explained later.
  • the device information model generation means 36 generates a learning model by machine learning, for example, based on the learning data acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35.
  • the device information model generation unit 36 generates a device information model, which will be described later, based on learning data including reproduction control information and device information, which is acquired by the learning data acquisition unit 35, for example.
  • the description of the configuration of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment can also be replaced with the description of the configuration of the temperature adjustment control system.
  • the temperature adjustment control device further includes the above-described learning data acquisition means 35 and device information model generation means 36.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a learning method of a learning model related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • the operation of the ventilation control system 1 further includes a learning data acquisition step S130 and an apparatus information model generation step S140, as shown in FIG. 13, for example.
  • the learning data acquisition means 35 reproduces and generates the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200, and selects the relevant ventilation device from among the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device 2.
  • Learning data D71 including reproduction control information that allows control corresponding to the operation information D32 of No. 2 and device information D31 of the ventilation device 2 is acquired.
  • the reproduction control information is control information that is newly generated by imitating, for example, the signal information included in the control information D33' of the ventilation device 2.
  • the control information D33' is information for controlling the ventilation apparatus 2 so that the operation indicated by the operation information D32 is performed.
  • some of the generated reproduction control information may not be able to control the ventilation apparatus 2 so that the operation indicated by the operation information D32 is performed.
  • the learning data acquisition means 35 outputs the generated reproduction control information to the ventilation apparatus 2, and only reproduces the reproduction control information that can control the ventilation apparatus 2 so that the operation indicated by the operation information D32 is performed. It may also be acquired as D71.
  • the learning data acquisition means 35 may acquire, as the learning data D71, only reproduction control information for which it is confirmed by the operation of the ventilation device 2 that the ventilation device 2 can be controlled so that the operation indicated by the operation information D32 is performed. .
  • the learning data D71 is used for machine learning to generate a device information model 81, which will be described later, as shown in FIG. 14, for example.
  • the learning data D71 is, for example, a data set including input data D711 and output data D712.
  • the input data D711 is used as part of the learning data used for machine learning to generate the device information model 81.
  • the input data D711 includes, for example, reference control information D63-1 acquired in advance.
  • the output data D712 is used as part of the learning data D71 used for machine learning to generate the device information model 81.
  • the output data D712 includes, for example, reference device information D61-1 acquired in advance.
  • a combination of a set of input data D711 and output data D712 included in the learning data D71 is, for example, reference control information D63-1 included in the input data D711 and reference device information D61-1 included in the output data D712. Contains combinations in which these are linked.
  • a combination in which the reference control information D63-1 and the reference device information D61-1 are linked is control information indicating signal information "10XXX” for controlling the model number "A123" of the ventilation device 2, and ventilation Device information including the model number "A123” of device 2 is linked.
  • control information indicating signal information "10XXX” for controlling model number "A123” and device information including manufacturer "Company A” of model number "A123” of ventilator 2 are linked. Good too.
  • the device information model 81 generated using learning data D71 such as these it becomes possible to specify the device information D31 that corresponds to the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operating section 200.
  • the device information model generation means 36 generates the device information model 81 by machine learning based on the learning data D71 acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35. That is, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with the ventilation device 2 for which the learning data D71 cannot be arranged. Therefore, the device information D31 of various ventilation devices 2 can be specified. Thereby, the convenience of various ventilation devices 2 can be improved.
  • the device information model 81 is generated, for example, by machine learning using the learning data D71.
  • the device information model 81 is generated using a plurality of learning data D71, for example, a data set including input data D711 and output data D712 as the learning data D71.
  • the device information model 81 is stored in the first database 61, for example.
  • the device information model 81 is a regression model generated based on the analysis result, which is analyzed by regression analysis or the like using, for example, input data D711 as an explanatory variable and output data D712 as an objective variable.
  • the device information model 81 includes, for example, a device information relationship 810 having a degree of device information relationship between input data D711 and output data D712.
  • the device information association 810 may be generated, for example, by machine learning using a plurality of learning data D71.
  • the device information association degree indicates the degree of connection between the input data D711 and the output data D712, and for example, it can be determined that the higher the device information association degree is, the stronger the connection between each piece of data is.
  • the device information association degree may be expressed in three or more values (three or more levels) such as a percentage, or may be expressed in two or more values (two or more levels).
  • the device information relationship 810 is constructed based on the degree of connection between, for example, many-to-many information (a plurality of input data D711, a pair, and a plurality of output data D712).
  • the device information association 810 is updated as appropriate in the process of machine learning, and indicates a function (classifier) that is optimized based on, for example, a plurality of input data D711 and a plurality of output data D712.
  • the device information association 810 may include, for example, a plurality of device information association degrees that indicate the degree of connection between each piece of data. For example, when a database is constructed using a neural network, the device information association degree can be made to correspond to a weight variable.
  • the ventilation control system 1 selects the output data D712 suitable for the input data D711, for example, using the device information association 810 based on all the results determined by the classifier.
  • output data D712 suitable for input data D711 can be quantitatively selected not only when input data D711 is the same or similar to output data D712, but also when they are dissimilar.
  • the device information relationship 810 may indicate, for example, the degree of connection between the plurality of input data D711 and the plurality of output data D712.
  • the device information relationship 810 by using the device information relationship 810, the relationship between a plurality of output data D712 (for example, output data A, output data B) with respect to each of a plurality of input data D711 (for example, input data A, input data B). It is possible to associate and store the degree of Therefore, for example, a plurality of input data D711 can be linked to one output data D712 via the device information association 810. Thereby, it is possible to realize a multifaceted selection of output data D712 with respect to input data D711.
  • the device information association 810 has, for example, a plurality of device information association degrees that respectively link each input data D711 and each output data D712.
  • the device information association degree is expressed in three or more levels, such as a percentage, 10 levels, or 5 levels, and is expressed, for example, as line characteristics (such as thickness).
  • the "input data A" included in the input data D711 indicates the device information correlation degree AA "73%" with the "output data A" included in the output data D712, and the "output data A” included in the output data D712
  • the device information correlation degree AB with "data B" is "12%". That is, the "device information association degree" indicates the degree of connection between each piece of data; for example, the higher the device information association degree, the stronger the connection between each piece of data.
  • the device information association 810 at least one hidden layer may be provided between the input data D711 and the output data D712.
  • the above-mentioned device information association degree is set in either or both of the input data D711 and the hidden layer data, and this becomes the weighting of each data, and the output is selected based on this. Then, when this degree of device information association exceeds a certain threshold value, the output may be selected.
  • the device information model 81 may include a learned model generated by machine learning using a plurality of learning data D71, for example.
  • the trained models include, for example, neural network models such as CNN (Convolutional Neural Network), SVM (Support Vector Machine), and the like. Further, as machine learning, for example, deep learning can be used.
  • the input data D711 may be generated in a pseudo manner by using, for example, a generative adversarial network (GAN) as machine learning.
  • GAN generative adversarial network
  • the device information model 81 including device information relationships 810 such as these, it becomes possible to specify the device information D31 that corresponds to the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operating section 200.
  • the device information specifying means 33 refers to the device information model 81 generated by the device information model generating means 36 in the device information model generating step S140, and then determines the control acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200.
  • Device information D31 corresponding to information D33' is specified. Therefore, the accuracy of identifying the device information D31 of the ventilation device 2 can be improved. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
  • the operation of the temperature adjustment control system may further include, for example, similarly to the operation of the ventilation control system 1, a learning data acquisition step S130 and an apparatus information model generation step S140.
  • the learning data acquisition means 35 of the temperature adjustment device reproduces and generates the control information D33' acquired from the temperature adjustment device operating section, and selects among the reproduced control information output to the temperature adjustment device. , acquires learning data D71 including reproduction control information that allows control corresponding to the operation information D32 of the temperature adjustment device, and device information D31 of the temperature adjustment device.
  • the device information model generation means 36 of the temperature adjustment device generates the device information model 81 by machine learning based on the learning data D71 acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35. That is, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with a temperature control device for which learning data D71 cannot be arranged. Therefore, device information D31 of various temperature control devices can be specified. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of various temperature control devices.
  • the device information specifying means 33 of the temperature control device refers to the device information model 81 generated by the device information model generating device 36 in the device information model generation step S140, and then determines the temperature control device operating unit.
  • the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the control information D33' is specified. Therefore, the accuracy of identifying the device information D31 of the temperature control device can be improved. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be further improved.
  • the device information specifying means 33 of the ventilation control device 3 sets a set of input data D711 including reference control information D63-1 and output data D712 including reference device information D61-1. Using the dataset as the learning data D71 and referring to the device information model 81 generated by machine learning, the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the ventilator operation unit 200 is specified. Therefore, the accuracy of identifying the device information D31 of the ventilation device 2 can be improved. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
  • the ventilation control system 1 reproduces the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200, and out of the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device 2, the ventilation control system 1 reproduces the operation information of the ventilation device 2.
  • a learning data acquisition means 35 that acquires learning data D71 including reproduction control information capable of controlling D32 and device information D31 of the ventilation device 2; and learning data D71 acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35.
  • the apparatus further includes a device information model generation means 36 that generates a device information model 81 by machine learning based on the above information. That is, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with the ventilation device 2 for which learning data cannot be arranged. Therefore, the device information D31 of various ventilation devices 2 can be specified. Thereby, the convenience of various ventilation devices 2 can be improved.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a detailed configuration of the ventilation control device 3 in this embodiment.
  • the ventilation control device 3 further includes a learning data acquisition means 35 and a control information model generation means 37, and the setting means 34 refers to the learning model and then generates the operation information D32 and responds to the operation information D32.
  • This embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the control information D33 is acquired. Note that the description of the same configurations as those described above will be omitted.
  • the ventilation control device 3 further includes a learning data acquisition means 35 and a control information model generation means 37, as shown in FIG. 15, for example.
  • the setting means 34 refers to a learning model stored in advance in the second database 62, for example, and sets operation information according to the device information specified by the device information specifying means 33, control information corresponding to the operation information, get.
  • the setting means 34 sets the acquired operation information and control information in the ventilation control device 3.
  • the learning data acquisition means 35 reproduces and generates the acquired control information as reproduction control information, for example, and acquires control information including the generated reproduction control information and operation information of the ventilation apparatus as learning data.
  • Control information model generation means 37 generates a learning model by machine learning, for example, based on the learning data acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35.
  • the control information model generation means 37 generates a control information model, which will be described later, based on learning data including reproduction control information and operation information, which are acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35, for example.
  • the temperature adjustment control device for example, similarly to the ventilation control device 3, further includes the above-described learning data acquisition means 35 and control information model generation means 37.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a learning method of a learning model related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • the operation of the ventilation control system 1 further includes a learning data acquisition step S130 and a control information model generation step S150, as shown in FIG. 16, for example.
  • the learning data acquisition means 35 reproduces and generates the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200, and selects the relevant ventilation device from among the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device 2.
  • Learning data D72 including reproduction control information that allows control corresponding to the operation information D32 of No. 2 and operation information D32 of the ventilation device 2 is acquired.
  • the learning data D72 is used for machine learning to generate a control information model 82, which will be described later, as shown in FIG. 17, for example.
  • the learning data D72 is, for example, a data set including input data D721 and output data D722.
  • the input data D721 is used as part of learning data used for machine learning to generate the control information model 82.
  • the input data D721 includes, for example, reference operation information D62-2 acquired in advance.
  • the output data D722 is used as part of the learning data D72 used for machine learning to generate the control information model 82.
  • the output data D722 includes, for example, reference control information D63-2 acquired in advance.
  • a combination of a set of input data D721 and output data D722 included in the learning data D72 is, for example, reference operation information D62-2 included in the input data D721 and reference control information D63-2 included in the output data D722. Contains combinations in which these are linked.
  • An example of a combination in which the reference operation information D62-2 and the reference control information D63-2 are linked is operation information indicating the operation content of "starting" the model number "A123" of the ventilation device 2, and Control information indicating signal information "10XXX” for controlling "activation" of model number "A123” is linked.
  • the operation information D32 corresponding to the device information D31 specified by the device information specifying means 33 and the control information corresponding to the operation information D32 can be obtained. It becomes possible to obtain D33.
  • Control information model generation step S150 the control information model generation means 37 generates the control information model 82 by machine learning based on the learning data D72 acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35. That is, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with the ventilation device 2 for which learning data cannot be arranged. Therefore, even if the control information D33 of the ventilation device 2 is unknown, more accurate control information D33 can be newly generated. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of the ventilation device 2 in more variety.
  • the control information model 82 is generated, for example, by machine learning using the learning data D72.
  • the control information model 82 is generated using a plurality of learning data D72, for example, using a data set including input data D721 and output data D722 as the learning data D72.
  • the control information model 82 is stored in the second database 62, for example.
  • the control information model 82 is a regression model generated based on the analysis result, which is analyzed by regression analysis or the like using, for example, input data D721 as an explanatory variable and output data D722 as an objective variable.
  • the control information model 82 includes, for example, a control information association 820 having a control information association degree between input data D721 and output data D722.
  • the control information association 820 may be generated, for example, by machine learning using a plurality of learning data D72.
  • the degree of control information association indicates the degree of connection between the input data D721 and the output data D722, and for example, it can be determined that the higher the degree of control information association, the stronger the connection between each data.
  • the degree of control information association may be expressed in three or more values (three or more levels) such as a percentage, or may be expressed in two or more values (two or more levels).
  • the control information association 820 is constructed based on the degree of connection between, for example, many-to-many information (a plurality of input data D721, a pair, and a plurality of output data D722).
  • the control information association 820 is updated as appropriate in the process of machine learning, and indicates a function (classifier) that is optimized based on, for example, a plurality of input data D721 and a plurality of output data D722.
  • the control information association 820 may have, for example, a plurality of control information association degrees that indicate the degree of connection between each piece of data. For example, when a database is constructed using a neural network, the degree of control information association can be made to correspond to a weight variable.
  • the ventilation control system 1 selects the output data D722 suitable for the input data D721, for example, using the control information association 820 based on all the results determined by the classifier. With this, it is possible to quantitatively select output data D722 suitable for input data D721, not only when input data D721 is the same as or similar to output data D722, but also when they are dissimilar.
  • the control information relationship 820 may indicate, for example, the degree of connection between the plurality of input data D721 and the plurality of output data D722.
  • the control information association 820 by using the control information association 820, the relationship between a plurality of output data D722 (for example, output data A, output data B) with respect to each of a plurality of input data D721 (for example, input data A, input data B)
  • a plurality of input data D721 can be linked to one output data D722 via the control information association 820.
  • the control information association 820 has, for example, a plurality of control information association degrees that respectively link each input data D721 and each output data D722.
  • the degree of control information association is expressed in three or more levels, such as a percentage, 10 levels, or 5 levels, and is expressed, for example, as line characteristics (such as thickness).
  • the "input data A" included in the input data D721 indicates the control information correlation degree AA "73%" with the "output data A" included in the output data D722, and the "output data A” included in the output data D722
  • the control information association degree AB with "data B" is "12%". That is, the "control information association degree” indicates the degree of connection between each piece of data, and for example, the higher the control information association degree, the stronger the connection between each piece of data.
  • control information association 820 at least one hidden layer may be provided between the input data D721 and the output data D722.
  • the above-described control information association degree is set in either or both of the input data D721 or the hidden layer data, and this serves as a weighting for each data, and output selection is performed based on this. Then, when this degree of control information association exceeds a certain threshold value, the output may be selected.
  • the control information model 82 may include a learned model generated, for example, by machine learning using a plurality of learning data D72.
  • the trained models include, for example, neural network models such as CNN (Convolutional Neural Network), SVM (Support Vector Machine), and the like. Further, as machine learning, for example, deep learning can be used.
  • the input data D721 may be generated in a pseudo manner by using, for example, a generative adversarial network (GAN) as machine learning.
  • GAN generative adversarial network
  • control information model 82 including these control information relationships 820, the operation information D32 corresponding to the device information D31 specified by the device information specifying means 33, and the control information D33 corresponding to the operation information D32. , it becomes possible to obtain.
  • the setting means 34 refers to the control information model 82 generated by the control information model generating means 37 in the control information model generating step S150, and then performs the following according to the device information D31 specified by the device information specifying means 33.
  • the operation information D32 and the control information D33 corresponding to the operation information D32 are acquired. In this case, even if the control information D33 of the ventilation device 2 is unknown, the control information D33 can be newly generated. Thereby, the convenience of various ventilation devices 2 can be improved.
  • the operation of the temperature adjustment control system may further include, for example, similarly to the operation of the ventilation control system 1, a learning data acquisition step S130 and a control information model generation step S150.
  • the learning data acquisition means 35 of the temperature adjustment control device reproduces and generates the control information D33' acquired from the temperature adjustment device operating section, and reproduces the reproduction control information output to the temperature adjustment device.
  • learning data D72 including reproduction control information that allows control corresponding to the operation information D32 of the temperature adjustment device and operation information D32 of the temperature adjustment device is acquired.
  • control information model generation means 37 of the temperature adjustment control device generates the control information model 82 by machine learning based on the learning data D72 acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35. That is, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with a temperature control device for which learning data cannot be arranged. Therefore, even if the control information D33 of the temperature adjustment device is unknown, more accurate control information D33 can be newly generated. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of a wider variety of temperature control devices.
  • the setting means 34 of the temperature adjustment control device refers to the control information model 82 generated by the control information model generating means 37 in the control information model generating step S150, and then specifies the information specified by the device information specifying means 33. Operation information D32 corresponding to the device information D31 and control information D33 corresponding to the operation information D32 are acquired. In this case, even if the control information D33 of the temperature adjustment device is unknown, the control information D33 can be newly generated. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of various temperature control devices.
  • the setting means 34 sets the data set including the input data D721 including the reference operation information D62-2 and the output data D722 including the reference control information D63-2 as the learning data.
  • the ventilation control system 1 reproduces the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200, and out of the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device 2, the ventilation control system 1 reproduces the operation information of the ventilation device 2.
  • the machine It further includes control information model generation means 37 that generates the control information model 82 through learning. That is, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with the ventilation device 2 for which learning data cannot be arranged. Therefore, even if the control information D33 of the ventilation device 2 is unknown, more accurate control information D33 can be newly generated. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of the ventilation device 2 in more variety.
  • Ventilation control system 1 An example of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 18 and 19.
  • 18 to 19 are schematic diagrams showing an example of the configuration of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • This embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the ventilation control system 1 further includes an information acquisition means 41 and a determination means 38. Note that the description of the same configurations as those described above will be omitted.
  • the ventilation control system 1 further includes an information acquisition unit 41 that acquires various information, and a determination unit 38 that determines the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilation device 2, as shown in FIG. 18(a), for example.
  • the ventilation control system 1 may further include a data server 9 for storing various information or control conditions, etc., and a management setting means 42 for managing the ventilation control system 1.
  • the information acquisition means 41 acquires various information.
  • the information acquisition means 41 includes, for example, as shown in FIG. 18(b), an indoor information acquisition means 411 that acquires indoor information, an external information acquisition means 412 that acquires external information, and a performance information acquisition means that acquires performance information. 413, indoor sensor information acquisition means 414 that acquires indoor sensor information, and outdoor sensor information acquisition means 415 that acquires outdoor sensor information. Details of the various information will be explained later.
  • the information acquisition means 41 may be provided separately from the ventilation control device 3, or may be provided in the ventilation control device 3.
  • the information acquisition means 41 is provided separately from the ventilation control device 3, for example, it is equipped with a known single board computer like the ventilation control device 3, and the CPU uses the RAM as a work area and reads programs stored in the ROM or the like. It may also work by executing.
  • the information acquisition means 41 may include, for example, a wireless communication control unit 410 for transmitting various acquired information to any communication device.
  • the wireless communication control unit 410 is connected to the information acquisition means 41 by wire, for example, and transmits various information acquired by the information acquisition means 41 to communication devices connected to the wireless communication network 4.
  • the information acquisition means 41 may transmit acquired various information to the ventilation control device 3 via the wireless communication control unit 410.
  • the information acquisition means 41 may transmit various types of acquired information to the data server 9, which will be described later, via the wireless communication control unit 410, for example.
  • the determining means 38 determines the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilation system 2.
  • the determining means 38 determines the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilation device 2, based on, for example, any one or a combination of various pieces of information acquired by the information acquiring means 41 and the control conditions.
  • the ventilation control device 3 outputs the control information D33 set by the setting device 34 to the ventilation device 2 based on the degree of necessity determined by the determining device 38. In this case, it is possible to automate the determination of the degree of necessity and the control of the ventilation device 2 according to the acquired various information. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved. Details of the control conditions will be explained later.
  • the determination means 38 may be provided separately from the ventilation control device 3, for example, or may be provided in the ventilation control device 3.
  • the determination means 38 may be provided, for example, in the information acquisition means 41, or may be provided in either the data server 9 or the management setting means 42, which will be described later.
  • the determining means 38 is realized, for example, by the CPU 301 executing a program stored in the storage unit 304 or the like using the RAM 303 as a work area.
  • the data server 9 includes, for example, a communication means 91 similar to the communication means 31 and a storage means 92 similar to the storage means 32.
  • the data server 9 stores the acquired information actually acquired by the various information acquisition means 411 to 415 and the calibration information obtained as a result of calibrating the acquired information, as well as various regulations and rules such as control conditions and calibration conditions. be done.
  • the data server 9 is connected to the ventilation control device 3 and the wireless communication control unit 410, for example, via the public communication network 4a.
  • the public communication network 4a may be constituted by a so-called optical fiber communication network, or may be realized by a known communication technology such as a wired communication network or a wireless communication network including LTE (Long Term Evolution).
  • a wireless communication network 4 may be used.
  • the data server 9 may be connected to various communication devices via a wireless communication access point 5, which will be described later, instead of the public communication network 4a.
  • the ventilation control system 1 may store the above information in the storage unit 304 of the ventilation control device 3 instead of the data server 9, or may store the above information in the storage unit 304 of the ventilation control device 3 in conjunction with the data server 9. It may be memorized.
  • the management setting means 42 is used by an administrator who actually controls the ventilation control system 1 to set, change, update, etc. control conditions for automatically controlling the ventilation apparatus 2.
  • the management setting means 42 is connected to the wireless communication control unit 410 included in the ventilation control device 3, the data server 9, and the information acquisition means 41, for example, via the public communication network 4a.
  • the management setting means 42 may be connected to various communication devices via the wireless communication access point 5 instead of the public communication network 4a.
  • the management setting means 42 is composed of, for example, an electronic device such as a personal computer (PC), but in addition to the PC, it can also be any other electronic device such as a mobile phone, a smartphone, a tablet terminal, a wearable terminal, etc. It may be something that is materialized.
  • This management setting means 42 displays acquired information, calibration information, etc. stored in the actual data server 9 on a user interface, for example, to the administrator who actually controls the ventilation control system 1.
  • the management setting means 42 also receives input from the administrator and adjusts or changes the control condition settings and calibration conditions stored in the data server 9.
  • the management setting means 42 sets control conditions based on various information acquired by the information acquisition means 41, for example. In this case, it is possible to automate the setting of control conditions according to the various acquired information. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
  • the ventilation control device 3 may be connected to various communication devices via a wireless communication access point 5 to transmit and receive information.
  • the ventilation control device 3 may be connected to various communication devices via a wireless communication network 4, for example, and may transmit and receive information.
  • the ventilation control device 3 is connected to, for example, a data server 9 to transmit and receive information.
  • the ventilation control device 3 is connected to, for example, a management setting means 42 to transmit and receive information.
  • the ventilation control device 3 may receive control conditions corresponding to various information acquired by the information acquisition means 41, for example.
  • the ventilation control device 3 may generate control information D33 based on the control conditions, for example, and output it to the ventilation device 2.
  • the wireless communication access point 5 is, for example, a gateway base station provided indoors or outdoors.
  • the wireless communication access point 5 is configured as a device for wireless communication between, for example, the ventilation control device 3, the data server 9, and the management setting means 42.
  • the description of the configuration of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment can also be replaced with the description of the configuration of the temperature adjustment control system.
  • the temperature adjustment control device further includes the above-mentioned information acquisition means 41 and determination means 38 that determines the degree of necessity of controlling the temperature adjustment device.
  • the temperature adjustment control system may further include a data server 9 for storing various information or control conditions, and management setting means 42 for managing the temperature adjustment control system.
  • the temperature adjustment control device outputs the control information D33 set by the setting device 34 to the temperature adjustment device based on the degree of necessity determined by the determination device 38. In this case, it is possible to automate the determination of the degree of necessity and the control of the device according to the various acquired information. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be further improved.
  • the management setting means 42 of the temperature adjustment control device sets control conditions based on various information acquired by the information acquisition means 41, for example. In this case, it is possible to automate the setting of control conditions according to the various acquired information. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be further improved.
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram showing an example of an automatic control method for the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a learning method of a learning model related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
  • the operation of the ventilation control system 1 further includes an information acquisition step S160 and a determination step S170, as shown in FIG. 20, for example.
  • the information acquisition means 41 acquires various information D41, as shown in FIG. 21, for example.
  • the various information D41 includes information necessary for determining the degree of necessity D38 in the ventilation control device 3, and includes, for example, indoor information D411, external information D412, performance information D413, indoor sensor information D414, outdoor sensor information D415, and the like.
  • the various information D41 acquired in the information acquisition step S160 may be calibrated with reference to the calibration conditions.
  • the various information D41 acquired in the information acquisition step S160 may be calibrated with reference to the calibration conditions.
  • the information acquisition means 41 refers to preset calibration conditions and performs calibration on the acquired various information D41.
  • the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 according to the various information D41 can be determined more accurately. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
  • the indoor information D411 includes, for example, the address of the building structure, the installation position and number of ventilation devices 2 in the room, the size of the room, the height of the ceiling in the room, the maximum number of people allowed in the room, business hours, and the past information about the room.
  • a recording device for acquired data such as congestion information can be used.
  • the indoor information acquisition means 411 is for acquiring indoor information D411, and may be input via a user interface such as a keyboard or a touch panel, or may already have such indoor information D411. It may be configured by a database, memory, etc. that acquired D411.
  • the external information D412 includes, for example, subsidy information, price information on the ventilation system 2, inventory information on the ventilation system 2, price information on maintenance and installation of the ventilation system 2, information on availability of the installation contractor for the ventilation system 2, and current contract information.
  • weather forecasts such as hail, sensible temperature index, heat shock forecast, heatstroke information, probability of precipitation, information on pollen, yellow sand, smog, PM2.5, etc., information on volcanic eruptions and the resulting gas filling, ash fall, Information on ocean waves, outdoor wind direction, wind speed, car congestion information, radiation information including those caused by nuclear power plant accidents, various news information, beer index, ice index, etc. on public communication networks such as the Internet.
  • a recording device or the like that records the acquired data can be used.
  • these external information D412 obtained from the public communication network is obtained as text information, it is subjected to natural language analysis, syntactic analysis, and semantic analysis as necessary, and then classified into information with various meanings. be done. For this reason, the external information acquisition means 412 may be equipped with a tool for natural language analysis of the external information D412 composed of text information.
  • the performance information D413 is constituted by, for example, a database or memory in which past performance values of the amount of electricity used by the ventilation device 2 are obtained in advance. This actual value of past electricity usage is shown by usage results, such as 150 kWh used from 12:00 to 13:00 last Wednesday, or 120 kWh used from 13:00 to 15:00 last Tuesday. It may be.
  • a recording device of acquired data such as various past control conditions of the ventilation device 2, past inputs of the ventilation device 2, etc. can be used as the performance information D413.
  • the performance information acquisition means 413 is for acquiring performance information D413, and may be inputted via a user interface such as a keyboard or a touch panel, or may already have such performance information. It may be configured by a database, memory, etc. that acquired D413.
  • an indoor temperature acquisition sensor that acquires indoor temperature
  • an indoor humidity acquisition sensor that acquires indoor humidity
  • an indoor carbon dioxide concentration acquisition sensor that acquires indoor carbon dioxide concentration
  • PM sensors, VOC sensors, and pollen sensors that measure the degree of pollution
  • indoor odor sensors that measure the degree of odor in the room
  • indoor ozone concentration sensors that measure the indoor ozone concentration
  • sensors that measure the number of people in the room
  • Human detection sensors human sensors, people counters, AI cameras, security cameras, etc.
  • floor temperature sensors air volume meters of the ventilation system 2
  • temperature acquisition sensors installed at the outlet of the ventilation system 2
  • Information acquired by the indoor sensor information acquisition means 414 such as a humidity acquisition sensor provided at the exit, a power consumption meter of the ventilation device 2, and a total operating time meter of the ventilation device 2, can be used.
  • a humidity acquisition sensor provided at the exit
  • a power consumption meter of the ventilation device 2 and a total operating time meter of the ventilation device 2
  • Outdoor sensor information D415 for example, an outdoor temperature acquisition sensor that acquires the outdoor temperature, an outdoor humidity acquisition sensor that acquires the outdoor humidity, a PM sensor or VOC that acquires the degree of outdoor pollution with PM2.5, smog, etc.
  • Information acquired by the outdoor sensor information acquisition means 415 such as a sensor, a pollen sensor, or an outdoor odor acquisition sensor that acquires the degree of outdoor odor can be used.
  • the determination means 38 determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilator 2 based on the control condition D9.
  • the determination means 38 determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation apparatus 2 based on the various information D41 and the control conditions D9, as shown in FIG. 21, for example.
  • the determining means 38 determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 based on, for example, the indoor comfort level based on the indoor information D411, the outdoor comfort level based on the external information D412, and the control condition D9.
  • the determination means 38 transmits the determination result (degree of necessity D38) to the ventilation control device 3 when it is distinguished from the ventilation control device 3.
  • the ventilation control device 3 may output control information D33 for controlling the ventilation device 2 based on the determination result by the determination means 38.
  • the ventilation control device 3 may store the determination result in the storage means 32 and output a plurality of pieces of control information D33 based on the determination result.
  • the determination result stored in the ventilation control device 3 may be updated to a new determination result, or may be stored together with the new determination result.
  • the control conditions D9 include contents defined as regulations in which various information D41 acquired by the information acquisition means 41 and operation information D32 of the ventilation device 2 are linked.
  • the control condition D9 is stored in the data server 9 in advance, for example.
  • the control condition D9 is a control condition D9 for any one type or a combination of two or more of the various types of information D41 described above, such as a combination of indoor information D411 and external information D412.
  • the control condition model 83 which is generated by artificial intelligence (AI) in the same way as the learning models 81 and 82 (apparatus information model 81 and control information model 82) described above, is outputted as teacher data.
  • the control condition model 83 is generated in advance, for example, before the ventilation control system 1 operates.
  • the control condition D9 may be determined by combining time-series elements or other elements.
  • the concentration of CO2 is 1000 ppm or more, the air volume of the ventilation device 2 is made strong (or rapid), if the concentration of CO2 is less than 600 ppm, the ventilation device 2 is turned off. If the concentration of
  • the ventilation device 2 when the number of infected people is less than 10,000 people, the ventilation device 2 is switched to energy saving mode, and when the number of infected people is 10,000 or more, the ventilation device 2 is switched to the infection control mode. If a disaster occurs nearby, the ventilation system 2 will be strengthened as a disaster countermeasure mode. If the beer index is high or the temperature and humidity are similar to those in tropical countries, If the ventilation device 2 is set to a specific mode (ventilation conditions that make the beer taste delicious or give you a tropical feel), if the useful life of the ventilation device 2 has exceeded, or if you are eligible for a subsidy, you can replace the ventilation device 2. If the effectiveness of the ventilation device 2 has decreased by 30% and the installation work is not yet busy, a failure alert for the ventilation device 2 may be notified.
  • the outdoor sensor information D415 when the outdoor temperature reaches 25°C or higher, the air volume by the ventilation device 2 is reduced and the air-conditioning system is set to cooling, and if the outdoor temperature is 18°C or lower, the ventilation device 2 is turned on. Increasing the air volume by the ventilation system 2 and setting the air conditioner to heating mode. If the indoor comfort level exceeds the outdoor comfort level (outdoor comfort level), increase the air volume by the ventilation system 2.Even if the outdoor humidity is 60% or higher, For example, while lowering the set temperature of the air-conditioning device, the ventilation device 2 may be turned off.
  • indoor temperature, indoor humidity, carbon dioxide concentration, etc. are obtained in a time series, and based on the frequency or time when the reference value is exceeded within 24 hours.
  • the degree of ventilation to be adjusted in the ventilation system 2 may be set based on the ventilation level, or the determination may be made based on whether the average value or maximum value of the acquired information for 24 hours exceeds a reference value. There may be. In such a case, you may select the one with the highest average value among indoor temperature, indoor humidity, carbon dioxide concentration, etc. and compare the average value with the standard value, or A desired weighting may be applied and this may be compared with a reference value.
  • the determining means 38 determines whether the various information D41 acquired in the information acquisition step S160 conforms to such control condition D9. For example, if the control condition D9 is "If the concentration of CO2 is less than 600 ppm, turn off the ventilation device 2", it is determined whether the detected concentration of CO2 is less than 600 ppm. As a result, if the control condition D9 is met, the ventilation control device 3 is caused to output the control information D33 so that the operation included in the specific operation information D32 linked to the control condition D9 is executed. On the other hand, if the control condition D9 is not met, no particular new information is output to the ventilation control device 3.
  • the information acquisition means 41 acquires, for example, indoor temperature, indoor humidity, carbon dioxide concentration, etc. in time series, and calculates the average value for 24 hours every hour. For example, the determining means 38 determines that there is an abnormality if even one of the average values acquired by the information acquiring means 41 exceeds a threshold value. In such a case, based on the control condition D9, the ventilation control device 3 is caused to output the control information D33 corresponding to the operation information D32 that “starts” the ventilation device 2, or Control information D33 corresponding to the operation information D32 "Increase by one level" is output.
  • the wireless communication control unit 410 may always take in the information acquired by the information acquisition means 41.
  • the various information D41 to be captured in this wireless communication control unit 410 may be raw data that has not been calibrated, data that has been calibrated, or a combination of raw data and calibrated data. It may be both data.
  • the wireless communication control unit 410 transmits this acquired data to the data server 9.
  • the data server 9 sequentially stores this acquired data. Acquired data is sequentially sent to this data server 9 from wireless communication control units 410 provided at various other locations, and is sequentially stored. As a result, the data server 9 collects acquired data acquired from the information acquisition means 41 at various locations via the wireless communication control unit 410.
  • This data server 9 can be accessed from the management setting means 42 side via the public communication network 4a.
  • the management setting means 42 statistically organizes and tabulates the acquired information recorded in the data server 9 as necessary, and then makes it visible on the user interface. The statistical arrangement and aggregation of this acquired information may be performed for each individual wireless communication control unit 410, or may be aggregated for a plurality of wireless communication control units 410 at once.
  • the management setting means 42 displays the aggregated results of the acquired data on the user interface.
  • the display screen on this user interface may display each obtained value in chronological order, for example.
  • the administrator visually checks the total result of the measurement data and determines that there is an abnormality, he or she can manually issue a command to change the control condition D9.
  • the administrator will decide based on his own experience whether the control condition D9 should be left unchanged or whether the control condition D9 itself should be changed.
  • the result of the administrator's determination will be reflected in the control condition D9.
  • the administrator may decide by his or her own judgment what control condition D9 should be used, or the management setting means 42 may automatically decide.
  • a template may be created in advance in which the control condition D9 is linked according to the frequency of determination that the control condition D9 should be changed, and the control condition D9 may be specified based on the template. .
  • the control condition D9 may be changed or updated automatically on the management setting means 42 side.
  • a method for changing the control condition D9 for example, if any one or more of the acquired data among indoor information D411, external information D412, performance information D413, indoor sensor information D414, and outdoor sensor information D415 exceeds the reference value.
  • a template is prepared in which one or more of the determination results of indoor comfort, energy saving, presence of malfunction, heat stroke risk, infectious disease risk, etc. are associated with frequency or time. Then, on the management setting means 42 side, the frequency or time when the newly acquired data exceeds the reference value is specified, and the indoor comfort, energy saving, failure, etc. associated with the specified frequency or time are determined.
  • the management setting means 42 side it is possible to automatically determine one or more of indoor comfort, energy saving, presence of failure, heat stroke risk, infectious disease risk, etc. from the acquired data each time.
  • the presence or absence of a failure if the value is significantly outside the range of control condition D9, it can be determined that there is a possibility that a failure has occurred.
  • any one or more of these factors such as indoor comfort, energy saving, malfunction, risk of heat stroke, risk of infectious disease, etc., and specific control conditions D9 are linked and prepared in advance as a template.
  • An example of this template is if indoor comfort is ranked second from the top on a five-point scale, energy saving is ranked first from the bottom on a five-point scale, and heat stroke risk is ranked third from the top on a five-stage scale.
  • Control condition D9 "If the time-series rate of increase in indoor temperature is 0.3°C/min and the rate of increase in odor level exceeds 30/min, the ventilation system 2 is immediately turned on.” For example, changes such as lowering the "temperature increase rate of indoor temperature over time” from 0.3°C/min to 0.2°C/min.
  • a control condition D9 has been set in advance, in which, for example, when the carbon dioxide concentration exceeds 1000 ppm, the ventilation by the ventilation device 2 is strengthened.
  • the actual carbon dioxide concentration never exceeds 700 ppm in 24 hours, and only exceeds 600 ppm several times.
  • the indoor carbon dioxide concentration is stable at a low level, and the people inside are accustomed to that environment, so if the carbon dioxide concentration exceeds 900 ppm, some people may feel uncomfortable.
  • the control condition may be changed to D9, in which ventilation by the ventilation device 2 is strengthened when the carbon dioxide concentration exceeds 900 ppm.
  • the changes in the control condition D9 can be directly applied to each acquired data such as indoor information D411, external information D412, performance information D413, indoor sensor information D414, and outdoor sensor information D415. If newly acquired information is detected, it may be read out to directly derive the control condition D9 to be changed.
  • control condition D9 recorded in the data server 9 is updated via the public communication network 4a.
  • the control condition D9 may be updated for each wireless communication control unit 410, or the common control condition D9 may be updated for a plurality of wireless communication control units 410.
  • the wireless communication control unit 410 acquires the control condition D9 updated on this data server 9 via the public communication network 4a, and transmits it to the ventilation control device 3.
  • the ventilation control device 3 can make the above-described determination based on the updated control condition D9.
  • the ventilation control system 1 is not limited to setting, changing, and updating the control condition D9 in the management setting means 42 based on the method described above.
  • artificial intelligence may be used to automatically perform the determination.
  • artificial intelligence may be used to automatically make the determination.
  • artificial intelligence is implemented in the data server 9. That is, the data stored in this data server 9 is made to learn via this artificial intelligence.
  • the artificial intelligence of the ventilation control system acquires data included in various information D41 (indoor information D411, external information D412, performance information D413, indoor sensor information D414, and outdoor sensor information D415).
  • a judgment model 84 is generated by artificial intelligence in the same manner as the above-mentioned learning models 81 and 82 (apparatus information model 81, control information model 82) using the degree of ventilation necessity D38 for (etc.) as teacher data (learning data).
  • the degree of ventilation necessity D38 may be specifically expressed by any one or more of the above-mentioned indoor comfort, energy saving, presence or absence of malfunction, risk of heat stroke, possibility of risk of infectious disease, etc. .
  • the neural network in the center receives various information D41 as input, and outputs the degree of necessity of ventilation D38 as the determination result.
  • the management setting means 42 uses the judgment model 84 which uses the degree of necessity D38 for the various information D41 as training data, and uses the degree of necessity D38 outputted from the determination model 84 when the newly acquired various information D41 is input.
  • the control condition D9 may be set accordingly. In this case, even if the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 according to the various information D41 is unknown, the degree of necessity D38 can be determined more accurately. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
  • the external information D412 acquired by the external information acquisition means 412 of the information acquisition means 41 may be directly or related to the control of the ventilation device 2 obtained via the public communication network 4a such as the Internet. Since the data information includes weather forecasts and other news, it is easier to process using artificial intelligence. In such a case, when the artificial intelligence that is a substitute for the management setting means 42 receives input of text data, it can identify the external information D412 by analyzing the natural language. When artificial intelligence makes the determination, external information D412 is input, and the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 can be determined based on the determination result as an output. Note that the external information D412 can be obtained not only from the Internet, but also from television, radio, and the like.
  • D412 can be specified.
  • radio there is software that can convert audio information into text information and convert it into text data, so when the text data is input, it performs natural language analysis, extracts keywords, and identifies external information D412. can do. Note that if the external information D412 is digitized in advance for each risk determination and linked to the control of the corresponding ventilation device 2, the management setting means 42 can also handle the risk determination.
  • the external information D412 may include the subsidy for the ventilation system 2, price information for the ventilation system 2, ventilation information, etc. on the user's smartphone, etc.
  • the necessity level D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 is determined as an output that is a judgment result, and as an accompanying service, information on advantageous prices for maintenance and replacement, and the It is possible to send advantageous information such as inventory information, coupon issuance, and conditions for receiving subsidies, and it is also possible to send recommended alerts for maintenance or replacement of the ventilation device 2 to the user's smartphone or the like.
  • the degree of necessity D38 of the control of the ventilation system 2 is determined, and as an accompanying service, comparison information with other contract plans of the company and other companies can be sent.
  • the degree of necessity for controlling the ventilation device 2 D38 will be determined as an output that is the determination result.
  • the user's smartphone or the like can be notified.
  • external information D412 includes weather forecasts such as sunny, cloudy, rain, snow, and hail, sensible temperature index, heat shock forecast, heat stroke information, probability of precipitation, information regarding pollen, yellow dust, smog, PM2.5, etc.
  • weather forecasts such as sunny, cloudy, rain, snow, and hail
  • sensible temperature index such as sunny, cloudy, rain, snow, and hail
  • heat shock forecast such as heat stroke information
  • probability of precipitation information regarding pollen, yellow dust, smog, PM2.5, etc.
  • the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation system 2 corresponding to that is determined as an output that is a determination result, and as an accompanying service. It is also possible to have the user's smartphone or the like notify an alert or the like. In addition, when the external information D412 indicates that the location is located in an area where coronavirus infection is spreading, etc., the degree of necessity for controlling the ventilation system 2 corresponding to that D38 is determined as an output that is the determination result. As an accompanying service, it is also possible to have the user's smartphone or the like receive notifications of warnings, etc.
  • the ventilation system The necessity degree D38 of the second control is determined.
  • the indoor information D411 including the address of the building structure, the installation position and number of indoor ventilation devices 2, the indoor size, the height of the indoor ceiling, the maximum number of people, etc., obtained from the indoor information acquisition means 411 is , especially in combination with other acquired information such as external information D412.
  • the indoor information D411 basically does not change in many cases, so it may be recorded in advance in the data server 9 or the like.
  • external information D412 information indicating that there is a possibility that strong winds and rain due to a typhoon or the like may hit the installation position of the ventilation system 2 is input, and as indoor information D411, the installation position of the ventilation system 2 is input.
  • the positions are also input, and based on these combinations, the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 corresponding to them is determined as an output that is a determination result.
  • performance information D413 such as past performance values of electricity usage, past various control conditions, past inputs, etc. acquired from performance information acquisition means 413 is also useful especially in combination with other acquired information such as external information D412. It is often used for Note that since the performance information D413 is past information, it may be sent to the data server 9 or the like via the public communication network 4a and recorded in advance. For example, if the external information D412 is inputted as the case where the abnormal situation mentioned above occurred in the past, and the performance information D413 is inputted as how well the control method was used to clear the problem, etc. As the resulting output, the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 corresponding thereto is determined.
  • the above-described determination model 84 may be one in which the previously acquired data and the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation system 2 specifically determined by the administrator at that time are trained as a learning data set. good.
  • the degree of necessity D38 of the ventilation device 2 is determined as an output that is a determination result.
  • the ventilation control system 1 can obtain control of the ventilation device 2 to be changed, which is linked to this, in the same manner as described above.
  • the sensible temperature etc. differs from person to person, if there are multiple people in the room, opinions may be collected from each individual using a smartphone, etc., and these may be averaged and reflected in the control condition D9.
  • the ventilation control system 1 As configured as above, according to the ventilation control system 1 described above, it is possible to provide a ventilation control system 1 that takes into account not only the indoor comfort of a building structure but also high safety.
  • this ventilation control system 1 it is possible to provide comfort tailored to each user, and with regard to risk management, for example, if the user does not have hay fever, pollen countermeasures are not included in the risk control conditions. It can also be implemented by setting D9.
  • the operation of the temperature adjustment control system for example, similarly to the operation of the ventilation control system 1, further includes the above-mentioned information acquisition step S160 and determination step S170.
  • the information acquisition means 41 of the temperature adjustment control device acquires various information D41 including, for example, indoor information D411, external information D412, performance information D413, indoor sensor information D414, outdoor sensor information D415, etc.
  • the various information D41 acquired in the information acquisition step S160 may be calibrated with reference to the calibration conditions. That is, the information acquisition means 41 of the temperature adjustment control device refers to preset calibration conditions and calibrates the acquired various information D41. In this case, it is possible to more accurately determine the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the temperature adjustment device according to the various information D41. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be further improved.
  • the determination means 38 of the temperature adjustment control device determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the temperature adjustment device based on the control condition D9.
  • the determination means 38 of the temperature adjustment device determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the temperature adjustment device based on, for example, various information D41 and control conditions D9.
  • the determining means 38 determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the temperature adjustment device based on, for example, the indoor comfort level based on the indoor information D411, the outdoor comfort level based on the external information D412, and the control condition D9.
  • the determination means 38 transmits the determination result (degree of necessity D38) to the temperature adjustment control device if it is distinguished from the temperature adjustment control device.
  • the temperature adjustment control device may output control information D33 for controlling the temperature adjustment device based on the determination result by the determination means 38.
  • the management setting means 42 of the temperature adjustment control device uses a judgment model 84 that uses the degree of necessity D38 for the various information D41 as training data, and determines the output from the judgment model 84 when the newly acquired various information D41 is input.
  • the control condition D9 may be set depending on the degree of necessity D38. In this case, even if the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the temperature adjustment device according to the various information D41 is unknown, the degree of necessity D38 can be determined more accurately. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be further improved.
  • the ventilation control device 3 provides various information D41 including at least one of the acquired indoor information D411, external information D412, performance information D413, indoor sensor information D414, and outdoor sensor information D415. and the set control condition D9, the setting means 34 further includes a determination means 38 that determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilator 2 based on the degree of necessity D38 determined by the determination means 38.
  • the control information D33 set by is output to the ventilation device 2. For this reason, it is possible to automate the determination of the degree of necessity D38 and the control of the device according to the acquired various information D41. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
  • the management setting means 42 sets the control conditions D9 based on the various information D41 acquired by the information acquisition means 41. Therefore, it is possible to automate the setting of the control conditions D9 according to the acquired various information D41. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
  • the management setting means 42 uses the judgment model 84 that uses the degree of necessity D38 for the various information D41 as training data, and uses the judgment model 84 when the newly acquired various information D41 is input.
  • Control conditions D9 are set according to the output necessity level D38. Therefore, even if the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilator 2 according to the various information D41 is unknown, the degree of necessity D38 can be determined more accurately. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
  • the information acquisition means 41 refers to preset calibration conditions and performs calibration on the acquired various information D41. Therefore, it is possible to more accurately determine the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilator 2 according to the various information D41. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
  • Ventilation control system Ventilator 200 Ventilator operation unit 3 Ventilation control device 30 Housing 301 CPU 302 ROM 303 RAM 304 Storage section 305 I/F 306 I/F 307 I/F 308 Input section 309 Display section 310 Internal bus 31 Communication means 32 Storage means 33 Device information specifying means 34 Setting means 35 Learning data acquisition means 36 Device information model generation means 37 Control information model generation means 38 Judgment means 4 Wireless communication network 4a Public communication Network 41 Information acquisition means 410 Radio communication control unit 411 Indoor information acquisition means 412 External information acquisition means 413 Performance information acquisition means 414 Indoor sensor information acquisition means 415 Outdoor sensor information acquisition means 42 Management setting means 61 First database 62 Second database 81 Device information model 82 Control information model 83 Control condition model 84 Judgment model 9 Data server 91 Communication means 92 Storage means S110 Device information specification step S120 Setting step S130 Learning data acquisition step S140 Device information model generation step S150 Control information model generation step S160 Information Acquisition step S170 Judgment step D31 Device information D32 Operation information D33 Control

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Tourism & Hospitality (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Economics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Strategic Management (AREA)
  • Human Resources & Organizations (AREA)
  • Marketing (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Entrepreneurship & Innovation (AREA)
  • Fluid Mechanics (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Operations Research (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)
  • Air Conditioning Control Device (AREA)
  • Ventilation (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention addresses the problem of providing a ventilation control system and a temperature adjustment/control system that facilitate improvement in convenience of a ventilation device and a temperature adjustment device which perform ventilation and temperature adjustment, respectively, in a room interior in a building structure.　A ventilation control system (1) according to the present invention is provided with: an existing ventilation device (2); an existing ventilation device operation unit (200) that outputs control information for the ventilation device (2); and a ventilation control device (3) that is newly installed between the ventilation device (2) and the ventilation device operation unit (200). The ventilation control device (3) is provided with: a device information identifying means for identifying, with reference to a first database in which reference control information and reference device information are stored in association with each other in advance, device information corresponding to the control information obtained from the ventilation device operation unit (200); and a setting means for, with reference to a second database in which reference operation information items and reference control information items are stored in association with respective device information items in advance, obtaining operation information and control information, which correspond to the device information identified by the device information identifying means, and setting the same for the ventilation control device (3).

Description

換気制御システム、換気制御装置、換気制御プログラム、温度調節制御システム、温度調節制御装置、及び温度調節制御プログラムVentilation control system, ventilation control device, ventilation control program, temperature adjustment control system, temperature adjustment control device, and temperature adjustment control program
　本発明は、建築構造物の室内の換気を行う換気装置又は室内の温度調節を行う温度調節装置を制御するための換気制御システム、換気制御装置、換気制御プログラム、温度調節制御システム、温度調節制御装置、及び温度調節制御プログラムに関するものである。 The present invention relates to a ventilation control system, a ventilation control device, a ventilation control program, a temperature adjustment control system, and a temperature adjustment control system for controlling a ventilation device that ventilates the interior of a building structure or a temperature adjustment device that adjusts the temperature of the room. The present invention relates to a device and a temperature adjustment control program.
　近年、建築構造物の空調機器の操作手段として、スマートフォン等の通信機器を介して操作するための制御用プログラムが開発されている。例えば、特許文献１には、通信ネットワークに接続可能なリモート端末によりダウンロードされた制御用プログラムを用いて、空気調和機等の制御対象機器の制御を行う機器制御システムが開示されている。 In recent years, control programs for operating air conditioning equipment in building structures via communication devices such as smartphones have been developed. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses an equipment control system that controls equipment to be controlled, such as an air conditioner, using a control program downloaded by a remote terminal connectable to a communication network.
特開２００４－２８９５０５号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-289505
　しかしながら、特許文献１に開示された技術を用いて換気装置又は温度調節装置を制御する場合、換気装置又は温度調節装置が通信ネットワークを介して様々な要求を受けるために、通信ネットワークに常時接続されている必要がある。このため、例えば建築物に既設であり、リモート端末の接続に対応していない換気装置又は温度調節装置については、制御の対象とすることができない。また、換気装置又は温度調節装置の種類（換気扇・ダンパー・空気調和機・全熱交換器・換気機能を有していないエアコンなど）によって対応する制御用プログラム異なる場合、複数の制御用プログラムを手配する必要があり、管理が煩雑となる懸念がある。 However, when controlling a ventilation device or a temperature control device using the technology disclosed in Patent Document 1, the ventilation device or temperature control device is constantly connected to the communication network in order to receive various requests via the communication network. need to be. Therefore, for example, a ventilation device or a temperature control device that is already installed in a building and does not support connection of a remote terminal cannot be controlled. In addition, if the corresponding control programs differ depending on the type of ventilation equipment or temperature control equipment (ventilation fan, damper, air conditioner, total heat exchanger, air conditioner without ventilation function, etc.), we will arrange multiple control programs. There is a concern that management will be complicated.
　そこで本発明は、上述した問題点に鑑みて案出されたものであり、その目的とするところは、建築構造物の室内の換気を行う換気装置又は室内の温度調節を行う温度調節装置の利便性の向上が図られた換気制御システム、換気制御装置、換気制御プログラム、温度調節制御システム、温度調節制御装置、及び温度調節制御プログラムを提供することにある。 The present invention has been devised in view of the above-mentioned problems, and its purpose is to improve the convenience of a ventilation system that ventilates the interior of a building structure or a temperature control system that adjusts the interior temperature. An object of the present invention is to provide a ventilation control system, a ventilation control device, a ventilation control program, a temperature adjustment control system, a temperature adjustment control device, and a temperature adjustment control program, all of which have improved functionality.
　第１発明における換気制御システムによれば、室内の換気を行う既設の換気装置と、上記換気装置を制御するための制御情報を出力する既設の換気装置操作部と、上記換気装置と上記換気装置操作部との間に新たに設置される換気制御装置と、を備え、上記換気制御装置は、換気装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、換気装置の装置情報を含む参照用装置情報と、が予め紐づけられて記憶された第１データベースを参照した上で、上記換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定手段と、換気装置の操作内容を示す操作情報を含む参照用操作情報と、換気装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、が換気装置の装置情報ごとに予め紐づけられて記憶された第２データベースを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を前記第２データベースから取得し、当該換気制御装置に対して、取得した前記操作情報と前記制御情報とを設定する設定手段と、を備えることを特徴とする。 According to the ventilation control system in the first invention, an existing ventilation device that performs indoor ventilation, an existing ventilation device operation section that outputs control information for controlling the ventilation device, the ventilation device, and the ventilation device a ventilation control device newly installed between the operation unit, and the ventilation control device includes reference control information including control information of the ventilation device, and reference device information including device information of the ventilation device. , a device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit by referring to a first database stored in a linked manner in advance; Reference operation information including operation information and reference control information including control information of the ventilation device are stored in advance in association with each device information of the ventilation device. Setting means for acquiring operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified by the information specifying means from the second database, and setting the acquired operation information and control information for the ventilation control device. It is characterized by comprising the following.
　第２発明における換気制御システムによれば、第１発明において、上記装置情報特定手段は、上記参照用制御情報を含む入力データと、上記参照用装置情報を含む出力データと、を一組とするデータセットを学習データとして用いて、機械学習により生成され、上記第１データベースに予め記憶される装置情報モデルを参照した上で、上記換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定することを特徴とする。 According to the ventilation control system in the second invention, in the first invention, the device information specifying means sets a set of input data including the reference control information and output data including the reference device information. Using the dataset as learning data and referring to the device information model generated by machine learning and stored in advance in the first database, device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit is specified. It is characterized by
　第３発明における換気制御システムによれば、第１発明又は第２発明において、上記設定手段は、上記参照用操作情報を含む入力データと、上記参照用制御情報を含む出力データと、を一組とするデータセットを学習データとして用いて、機械学習により生成され、上記第２データベースに予め記憶される制御情報モデルを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と、当該操作情報に対応する制御情報と、を取得することを特徴とする。 According to the ventilation control system in the third invention, in the first invention or the second invention, the setting means sets a set of input data including the reference operation information and output data including the reference control information. is generated by machine learning using a data set as learning data, and with reference to a control information model stored in advance in the second database, operation information according to the device information specified by the device information specifying means. and control information corresponding to the operation information.
　第４発明における換気制御システムによれば、第２発明において、上記換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報を再現して生成し、上記換気装置に対して出力した再現制御情報のうち、当該換気装置の操作情報に対応する制御が可能な再現制御情報と、当該換気装置の装置情報と、を含む学習データを取得する学習データ取得手段と、上記学習データ取得手段が取得した学習データに基づいて、機械学習により装置情報モデルを生成する装置情報モデル生成手段と、をさらに備えることを特徴とする。 According to the ventilation control system in the fourth aspect of the invention, in the second aspect, the ventilation control system reproduces and generates the control information acquired from the ventilation device operating section, and among the reproduced control information output to the ventilation device, a learning data acquisition means for acquiring learning data including reproduction control information capable of controlling corresponding to the operation information of the ventilation device and device information of the ventilation device; and based on the learning data acquired by the learning data acquisition means, The apparatus is characterized by further comprising: apparatus information model generation means for generating an apparatus information model by machine learning.
　第５発明における換気制御システムによれば、第３発明において、上記換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報を再現して生成し、上記換気装置に対して出力した再現制御情報のうち、当該換気装置の操作情報に対応する制御が可能な再現制御情報と、当該操作情報と、を含む学習データを取得する学習データ取得手段と、上記学習データ取得手段が取得した学習データに基づいて、機械学習により制御情報モデルを生成する制御情報モデル生成手段と、をさらに備えることを特徴とする。 According to the ventilation control system in the fifth invention, in the third invention, the ventilation control system reproduces and generates the control information acquired from the ventilation device operating section, and out of the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device, learning data acquisition means for acquiring learning data including reproduction control information capable of controlling the operation information corresponding to the operation information; The present invention is characterized by further comprising: control information model generation means for generating a control information model.
　第６発明における換気制御システムによれば、第１発明において、上記換気制御装置は、上記室内又は上記換気装置に係る室内情報、外部情報、実績情報、室内センサ情報、及び室外センサ情報のうち少なくとも１以上の情報を含む各種情報を取得する情報取得手段と、上記換気装置を自動制御するための制御条件を設定する管理設定手段と、上記情報取得手段により取得された上記各種情報と、上記管理設定手段により設定された上記制御条件と、に基づいて、上記換気装置の制御の必要度合を判定する判定手段と、をさらに備え、上記判定手段により判定された上記必要度合に基づいて、上記設定手段により設定された上記制御情報を上記換気装置に対して出力することを特徴とする。 According to the ventilation control system in the sixth invention, in the first invention, the ventilation control device includes at least indoor information, external information, performance information, indoor sensor information, and outdoor sensor information regarding the room or the ventilation device. an information acquisition means for acquiring various information including one or more pieces of information, a management setting means for setting control conditions for automatically controlling the ventilation device, the various information acquired by the information acquisition means, and the management and determining means for determining the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilator based on the control condition set by the setting means, and determining the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilation device based on the degree of necessity determined by the determination means. The control information set by the means is output to the ventilation device.
　第７発明における換気制御システムによれば、第６発明において、上記管理設定手段は、上記情報取得手段により取得された上記各種情報に基づいて上記制御条件を設定することを特徴とする。 According to the ventilation control system in the seventh invention, in the sixth invention, the management setting means sets the control conditions based on the various information acquired by the information acquisition means.
　第８発明における換気制御システムによれば、第６発明又は第７発明において、上記管理設定手段は、上記各種情報に対する上記必要度合を教師データとした判定モデルを利用し、新たに取得された上記各種情報が入力された場合に上記判定モデルから出力される必要度合に応じて上記制御条件を設定することを特徴とする。 According to the ventilation control system in the eighth invention, in the sixth invention or the seventh invention, the management setting means uses the determination model using the degree of necessity for the various information as training data, and The control condition is set according to the degree of necessity output from the determination model when various information is input.
　第９発明における換気制御システムによれば、第６発明又は第７発明において、上記情報取得手段は、予め設定された校正条件を参照し、取得した上記各種情報について校正を施すことを特徴とする。 According to the ventilation control system in the ninth invention, in the sixth or seventh invention, the information acquisition means refers to preset calibration conditions and calibrates the acquired various information. .
　第１０発明における換気制御装置によれば、室内の換気を行う既設の換気装置と、上記換気装置を制御するための制御情報を出力する既設の換気装置操作部と、の間に新たに設置される換気制御装置において、換気装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、換気装置の装置情報を含む参照用装置情報と、が予め紐づけられて記憶された第１データベースを参照した上で、上記換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定手段と、換気装置の操作内容を示す操作情報を含む参照用操作情報と、換気装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、が換気装置の装置情報ごとに予め紐づけられて記憶された第２データベースを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を前記第２データベースから取得し、当該換気制御装置に対して、取得した前記操作情報と前記制御情報とを設定する設定手段と、を備えることを特徴とする。 According to the ventilation control device in the tenth invention, the ventilation control device is newly installed between an existing ventilation device that performs indoor ventilation and an existing ventilation device operation section that outputs control information for controlling the ventilation device. In the ventilation control device, reference control information including control information of the ventilation device and reference device information including device information of the ventilation device are stored in a linked manner in advance, with reference to a first database; device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit; reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details of the ventilation device; and reference operation information including control information of the ventilation device; After referring to a second database in which the control information is stored in advance in association with each device information of the ventilation device, operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified by the device information specifying means are determined. It is characterized by comprising a setting means for acquiring the acquired operation information and the control information from the second database and setting the acquired operation information and the control information to the ventilation control device.
　第１１発明における換気制御プログラムによれば、室内の換気を行う既設の換気装置と、上記換気装置を制御するための制御情報を出力する既設の換気装置操作部と、上記換気装置と上記換気装置操作部との間に新たに設置される換気制御装置と、を備える換気制御システムを制御する換気制御プログラムにおいて、換気装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、換気装置の装置情報を含む参照用装置情報と、が予め紐づけられて記憶された第１データベースを参照した上で、上記換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定ステップと、換気装置の操作内容を示す操作情報を含む参照用操作情報と、換気装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、が換気装置の装置情報ごとに予め紐づけられて記憶された第２データベースを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定ステップが特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を前記第２データベースから取得し、当該換気制御装置に対して、取得した前記操作情報と前記制御情報とを設定する設定ステップと、をコンピュータに実行させることを特徴とする。 According to the ventilation control program in the eleventh invention, an existing ventilation device that performs indoor ventilation, an existing ventilation device operation section that outputs control information for controlling the ventilation device, the ventilation device, and the ventilation device In a ventilation control program that controls a ventilation control system that is newly installed between a ventilation control device and an operation unit, reference control information that includes control information of the ventilation device and reference control information that includes device information of the ventilation device are provided. a device information specifying step of specifying device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit by referring to a first database in which the device information for the ventilation device is stored in a linked manner; Reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details and reference control information including control information of the ventilation device are stored in advance with reference to a second database linked to each device information of the ventilation device. Then, the device information specifying step acquires operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified from the second database, and transmits the acquired operation information and control information to the ventilation control device. The method is characterized by causing a computer to execute a setting step.
　第１２発明における温度調節制御システムによれば、室内の温度調節を行う既設の温度調節装置と、上記温度調節装置を制御するための制御情報を出力する既設の温度調節装置操作部と、上記温度調節装置と上記温度調節装置操作部との間に新たに設置される温度調節制御装置と、を備え、上記温度調節制御装置は、温度調節装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、温度調節装置の装置情報を含む参照用装置情報と、が予め紐づけられて記憶された第１データベースを参照した上で、上記温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定手段と、温度調節装置の操作内容を示す操作情報を含む参照用操作情報と、温度調節装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、が温度調節装置の装置情報ごとに予め紐づけられて記憶された第２データベースを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を前記第２データベースから取得し、当該温度調節制御装置に対して、取得した前記操作情報と前記制御情報とを設定する設定手段と、を備えることを特徴とする。 According to the temperature adjustment control system in the twelfth aspect, an existing temperature adjustment device that adjusts the indoor temperature, an existing temperature adjustment device operating section that outputs control information for controlling the temperature adjustment device, and the temperature adjustment device a temperature adjustment control device newly installed between the adjustment device and the temperature adjustment device operation section, the temperature adjustment control device includes reference control information including control information of the temperature adjustment device; A device that specifies device information corresponding to control information acquired from the temperature control device operation unit by referring to a first database in which reference device information including device information of the device is stored in a linked manner in advance. The information specifying means, reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details of the temperature adjustment device, and reference control information including control information of the temperature adjustment device are linked in advance for each device information of the temperature adjustment device. The device information specifying means obtains operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified by the device information specifying means from the second database, and then obtains operation information and control information for the temperature adjustment control device. , and a setting means for setting the acquired operation information and the control information.
　第１３発明における温度調節制御装置によれば、室内の温度調節を行う既設の温度調節装置と、上記温度調節装置を制御するための制御情報を出力する既設の温度調節装置操作部と、の間に新たに設置される温度調節制御装置において、温度調節装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、温度調節装置の装置情報を含む参照用装置情報と、が予め紐づけられて記憶された第１データベースを参照した上で、上記温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定手段と、温度調節装置の操作内容を示す操作情報を含む参照用操作情報と、温度調節装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、が温度調節装置の装置情報ごとに予め紐づけられて記憶された第２データベースを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を前記第２データベースから取得し、当該温度調節制御装置に対して、取得した前記操作情報と前記制御情報とを設定する設定手段と、を備えることを特徴とする。 According to the temperature adjustment control device in the thirteenth invention, between the existing temperature adjustment device that adjusts the indoor temperature and the existing temperature adjustment device operating section that outputs control information for controlling the temperature adjustment device. In a temperature adjustment control device that is newly installed in 1; a device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the temperature control device operation unit after referring to a database; and reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details of the temperature control device; , reference control information including control information of the temperature adjustment device, and the device identified by the device information specifying means after referring to a second database stored in advance in association with each device information of the temperature adjustment device. and a setting means for acquiring operation information and control information corresponding to the information from the second database and setting the acquired operation information and control information to the temperature adjustment control device. Features.
　第１４発明における温度調節制御プログラムによれば、室内の温度調節を行う既設の温度調節装置と、上記温度調節装置を制御するための制御情報を出力する既設の温度調節装置操作部と、上記温度調節装置と上記温度調節装置操作部との間に新たに設置される温度調節制御装置と、を備える温度調節制御システムを制御する温度調節制御プログラムにおいて、温度調節装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、温度調節装置の装置情報を含む参照用装置情報と、が予め紐づけられて記憶された第１データベースを参照した上で、上記温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定ステップと、温度調節装置の操作内容を示す操作情報を含む参照用操作情報と、温度調節装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、が温度調節装置の装置情報ごとに予め紐づけられて記憶された第２データベースを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定ステップが特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を前記第２データベースから取得し、当該温度調節制御装置に対して、取得した前記操作情報と前記制御情報とを設定する設定ステップと、をコンピュータに実行させることを特徴とする。 According to the temperature adjustment control program in the fourteenth invention, an existing temperature adjustment device that adjusts the indoor temperature, an existing temperature adjustment device operating section that outputs control information for controlling the temperature adjustment device, and the temperature adjustment device In a temperature adjustment control program that controls a temperature adjustment control system comprising a temperature adjustment control device newly installed between an adjustment device and the temperature adjustment device operating section, a reference control including control information of the temperature adjustment device. A device that corresponds to the control information acquired from the temperature adjustment device operating section after referring to a first database in which information and reference device information including device information of the temperature adjustment device are stored in a linked manner in advance. A device information specifying step for identifying information, reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details of the temperature control device, and reference control information including control information of the temperature control device, for each device information of the temperature control device. After referring to a second database stored in advance in association with the device information specifying step, operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified in the device information specifying step are acquired from the second database, and the temperature adjustment is performed. The present invention is characterized by causing a computer to execute a setting step of setting the acquired operation information and the control information to the control device.
　第１発明～第５発明によれば、換気制御システムは、換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定手段と、装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を第２データベースから取得し、当該換気制御装置に対して、取得した操作情報と制御情報とを設定する設定手段と、を備える。このため、換気装置の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、換気装置を制御することができる。これにより、換気装置の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the first to fifth inventions, the ventilation control system includes a device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to control information acquired from a ventilation device operating section; and a setting means for acquiring the acquired operation information and control information from the second database and setting the acquired operation information and control information to the ventilation control device. Therefore, the ventilation device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the ventilation device. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation system can be improved.
　特に、第２発明によれば、装置情報特定手段は、参照用制御情報を含む入力データと、参照用装置情報を含む出力データと、を一組とするデータセットを学習データとして用いて、機械学習により生成される装置情報モデルを参照した上で、換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する。このため、換気装置の装置情報の特定精度を向上させることができる。これにより、換気装置の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 In particular, according to the second invention, the device information specifying means uses as learning data a data set including input data including reference control information and output data including reference device information. After referring to the device information model generated by learning, the device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit is specified. Therefore, the accuracy of specifying the device information of the ventilation device can be improved. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device can be further improved.
　特に、第３発明によれば、設定手段は、参照用操作情報を含む入力データと、参照用制御情報を含む出力データと、を一組とするデータセットを学習データとして用いて、機械学習により生成される制御情報モデルを参照した上で、装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と、当該操作情報に対応する制御情報と、を取得する。このため、換気装置の制御情報が不明な場合でも、制御情報を新たに生成することができる。これにより、多様な換気装置の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 In particular, according to the third invention, the setting means performs machine learning using a data set including input data including reference operation information and output data including reference control information as learning data. After referring to the generated control information model, operation information according to the device information specified by the device information specifying means and control information corresponding to the operation information are acquired. Therefore, even if the control information for the ventilation device is unknown, new control information can be generated. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of various ventilation devices.
　特に、第４発明によれば、換気制御システムは、換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報を再現し、換気装置に対して出力した再現制御情報のうち、当該換気装置の操作情報に対応する制御が可能な再現制御情報と、当該換気装置の装置情報と、を含む学習データを取得する学習データ取得手段と、学習データ取得手段が取得した学習データに基づいて、機械学習により装置情報モデルを生成する装置情報モデル生成手段と、をさらに備える。すなわち、学習データを手配できない換気装置に対応した学習モデルを生成できる。このため、多様な換気装置の装置情報を特定することができる。これにより、多様な換気装置の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 In particular, according to the fourth invention, the ventilation control system reproduces the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit, and controls the ventilation device corresponding to the operation information of the ventilation device among the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device. a learning data acquisition means for acquiring learning data including reproduction control information that can be reproduced and equipment information of the ventilation device; and generating an equipment information model by machine learning based on the learning data acquired by the learning data acquisition means. The apparatus further includes a device information model generating means for generating a device information model. In other words, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with ventilation equipment for which learning data cannot be arranged. Therefore, device information of various ventilation devices can be specified. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of various ventilation devices.
　特に、第５発明によれば、換気制御システムは、換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報を再現し、換気装置に対して出力した再現制御情報のうち、当該換気装置の操作情報に対応する制御が可能な再現制御情報と、当該操作情報と、を含む学習データを取得する学習データ取得手段と、学習データ取得手段が取得した学習データに基づいて、機械学習により制御情報モデルを生成する制御情報モデル生成手段と、をさらに備える。すなわち、学習データを手配できない換気装置に対応した学習モデルを生成できる。このため、換気装置の制御情報が不明な場合でも、より正確な制御情報を新たに生成することができる。これにより、より多様な換気装置の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 In particular, according to the fifth invention, the ventilation control system reproduces the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit, and controls the ventilation device corresponding to the operation information of the ventilation device among the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device. learning data acquisition means for acquiring learning data including reproduction control information that can be reproduced and the operation information; and control information for generating a control information model by machine learning based on the learning data acquired by the learning data acquisition means. The apparatus further includes model generation means. In other words, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with ventilation equipment for which learning data cannot be arranged. Therefore, even if the control information for the ventilation device is unknown, more accurate control information can be newly generated. This makes it possible to improve the convenience of a wider variety of ventilation devices.
　第６発明～第９発明によれば、換気制御装置は、取得された室内情報、外部情報、実績情報、室内センサ情報、及び室外センサ情報のうち少なくとも１以上の情報を含む各種情報と、設定された制御条件と、に基づいて、換気装置の制御の必要度合を判定する判定手段をさらに備え、判定手段により判定された必要度合に基づいて、設定手段により設定された制御情報を換気装置に対して出力する。このため、取得された各種情報に応じて必要度合の判定と装置の制御とを自動化することができる。これにより、換気装置の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 According to the sixth to ninth inventions, the ventilation control device includes various information including at least one of the acquired indoor information, external information, performance information, indoor sensor information, and outdoor sensor information, and settings. The device further includes a determining means for determining the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilation device based on the control conditions determined by the determination means, and transmitting the control information set by the setting means to the ventilation device based on the degree of necessity determined by the determination means. Output against. Therefore, it is possible to automate the determination of the degree of necessity and the control of the device according to the various acquired information. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device can be further improved.
　特に、第７発明によれば、管理設定手段は、情報取得手段により取得された各種情報に基づいて制御条件を設定する。このため、取得された各種情報に応じて制御条件の設定を自動化することができる。これにより、換気装置の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 In particular, according to the seventh invention, the management setting means sets the control conditions based on various information acquired by the information acquisition means. Therefore, it is possible to automate the setting of control conditions according to various types of acquired information. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device can be further improved.
　特に、第８発明によれば、管理設定手段は、各種情報に対する必要度合を教師データとした判定モデルを利用し、新たに取得された各種情報が入力された場合に判定モデルから出力される必要度合に応じて制御条件を設定する。このため、取得された各種情報に応じた換気装置の制御の必要度合が不明な場合でも、より正確に必要度合を判定することができる。これにより、換気装置の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 In particular, according to the eighth invention, the management setting means uses a judgment model that uses the degree of necessity for various pieces of information as training data, and when newly acquired various pieces of information are input, the management setting means uses a judgment model that uses the degree of necessity for each type of information as training data, and when newly acquired various pieces of information are input, the necessity level is output from the judgment model. Set the control conditions according to the degree. Therefore, even if the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilator according to the acquired various information is unknown, the degree of necessity can be determined more accurately. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device can be further improved.
　特に、第９発明によれば、情報取得手段は、予め設定された校正条件を参照し、取得した各種情報について校正を施す。このため、各種情報に応じた換気装置の制御の必要度合をより正確に判定することができる。これにより、換気装置の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 In particular, according to the ninth invention, the information acquisition means refers to preset calibration conditions and calibrates the various acquired information. Therefore, it is possible to more accurately determine the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilation device according to various information. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device can be further improved.
　第１０発明によれば、換気制御装置は、換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定手段と、装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を第２データベースから取得し、当該換気制御装置に対して、取得した操作情報と制御情報とを設定する設定手段と、を備える。このため、換気装置の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、換気装置を制御することができる。これにより、換気装置の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the tenth invention, the ventilation control device includes device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to control information acquired from the ventilation device operating section, and operation information corresponding to the device information specified by the device information specifying device. and control information from the second database, and setting means for setting the acquired operation information and control information to the ventilation control device. Therefore, the ventilation device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the ventilation device. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation system can be improved.
　第１１発明によれば、換気制御プログラムは、換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定ステップと、装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を第２データベースから取得し、当該換気制御装置に対して、取得した操作情報と制御情報とを設定する設定ステップと、をコンピュータに実行させる。このため、換気装置の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、換気装置を制御することができる。これにより、利便性の向上が図られた換気装置を提供することができる。 According to the eleventh invention, the ventilation control program includes the device information specifying step of specifying device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operating section, and the operation information corresponding to the device information specified by the device information specifying means. control information from a second database, and causes the computer to execute a setting step of setting the acquired operation information and control information to the ventilation control device. Therefore, the ventilation device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the ventilation device. Thereby, it is possible to provide a ventilation device with improved convenience.
　第１２発明によれば、温度調節制御システムは、温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定手段と、装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を第２データベースから取得し、当該温度調節制御装置に対して、取得した操作情報と制御情報とを設定する設定手段と、を備える。このため、温度調節装置の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、温度調節装置を制御することができる。これにより、温度調節装置の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the twelfth invention, the temperature adjustment control system includes: device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to control information acquired from a temperature control device operating section; and an operation according to the device information specified by the device information specifying means. A setting means is provided for acquiring information and control information from a second database and setting the acquired operation information and control information to the temperature adjustment control device. Therefore, the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be improved.
　第１３発明によれば、温度調節制御装置は、温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定手段と、装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を第２データベースから取得し、当該温度調節制御装置に対して、取得した操作情報と制御情報とを設定する設定手段と、を備える。このため、温度調節装置の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、温度調節装置を制御することができる。これにより、温度調節装置の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the thirteenth invention, the temperature adjustment control device includes device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to control information acquired from the temperature control device operating section, and an operation according to the device information specified by the device information specifying device. A setting means is provided for acquiring information and control information from a second database and setting the acquired operation information and control information to the temperature adjustment control device. Therefore, the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be improved.
　第１４発明によれば、温度調節制御プログラムは、温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定ステップと、装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を第２データベースから取得し、当該温度調節制御装置に対して、取得した操作情報と制御情報とを設定する設定ステップと、をコンピュータに実行させる。このため、温度調節装置の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、温度調節装置を制御することができる。これにより、利便性の向上が図られた温度調節装置を提供することができる。 According to the fourteenth invention, the temperature adjustment control program includes a device information specifying step of specifying device information corresponding to control information acquired from a temperature control device operating section, and an operation according to the device information specified by the device information specifying means. The computer is caused to execute a setting step of acquiring the information and control information from the second database and setting the acquired operation information and control information to the temperature adjustment control device. Therefore, the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, it is possible to provide a temperature control device with improved convenience.
図１は、本発明の第１実施形態における換気制御システムの一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a ventilation control system according to a first embodiment of the present invention. 図２は、本発明の第１実施形態における換気制御システムの接続方法の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a method of connecting the ventilation control system according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 図３は、本発明の第１実施形態における換気制御システムの接続方法の変形例を示す模式図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the connection method of the ventilation control system in the first embodiment of the present invention. 図４（ａ）は、本発明の第１実施形態における換気制御装置の構成の一例を示す模式図であり、図４（ｂ）は、本発明の第１実施形態における換気制御装置の詳細な構成の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 4(a) is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of the ventilation control device in the first embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 4(b) is a detailed diagram of the ventilation control device in the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a configuration. 図５は、本発明の第１実施形態における換気制御システムの変形例を示す模式図である。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the ventilation control system according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 図６は、本発明の第１実施形態における換気制御システムの動作の一例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system in the first embodiment of the present invention. 図７は、本発明の第１実施形態における換気制御システムに関連する情報の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing an example of information related to the ventilation control system according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 図８（ａ）～図８（ｂ）は、本発明の第１実施形態における換気制御システムに関連するデータベースの一例を示す模式図である。FIGS. 8(a) to 8(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of a database related to the ventilation control system according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 図９（ａ）～図９（ｂ）は、本発明の第１実施形態における換気制御システムに関連する第１データベースの一例を示す模式図である。FIGS. 9(a) to 9(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of the first database related to the ventilation control system according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 図１０（ａ）～図１０（ｃ）は、本発明の第１実施形態における換気制御システムに関連する第２データベースの一例を示す模式図である。FIGS. 10(a) to 10(c) are schematic diagrams showing an example of the second database related to the ventilation control system in the first embodiment of the present invention. 図１１（ａ）～図１１（ｂ）は、本発明の第１実施形態における換気制御システムに関連する第２データベースの詳細の一例を示す模式図である。FIGS. 11(a) to 11(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of details of the second database related to the ventilation control system according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 図１２は、本発明の第２実施形態における換気制御装置の詳細な構成の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a detailed configuration of a ventilation control device according to the second embodiment of the present invention. 図１３は、本発明の第２実施形態における換気制御システムの動作の一例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system in the second embodiment of the present invention. 図１４は、本発明の第２実施形態における換気制御システムに関連する学習モデルの学習方法の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a learning method for a learning model related to the ventilation control system according to the second embodiment of the present invention. 図１５は、本発明の第３実施形態における換気制御装置の詳細な構成の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a detailed configuration of a ventilation control device according to the third embodiment of the present invention. 図１６は、本発明の第３実施形態における換気制御システムの動作の一例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system in the third embodiment of the present invention. 図１７は、本発明の第３実施形態における換気制御システムに関連する学習モデルの学習方法の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a learning method of a learning model related to a ventilation control system according to the third embodiment of the present invention. 図１８は、本発明の第４実施形態における換気制御システムの構成の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a ventilation control system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. 図１９は、本発明の第４実施形態における換気制御システムの構成の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a ventilation control system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. 図２０は、本発明の第４実施形態における換気制御システムの動作の一例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system in the fourth embodiment of the present invention. 図２１は、本発明の第４実施形態における換気制御システムの自動制御方法の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram showing an example of an automatic control method for the ventilation control system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. 図２２は、本発明の第４実施形態における換気制御システムに関連する学習モデルの学習方法の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a learning method for a learning model related to a ventilation control system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
　以下、本発明を適用して例示した実施形態について、図面を参照しながら説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments to which the present invention is applied will be described with reference to the drawings.
（第１実施形態：換気制御システム１）
　図１～図５を参照して、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の一例を説明する。図１は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の一例を示す模式図である。図２は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の接続方法の一例を示す模式図である。図３は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の接続方法の変形例を示す模式図である。図４（ａ）は、本実施形態における換気制御装置３の構成の一例を示す模式図であり、図４（ｂ）は、本実施形態における換気制御装置３の詳細な構成の一例を示す模式図である。図５は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の変形例を示す模式図である。 (First embodiment: ventilation control system 1)
An example of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 5. FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a connection method of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the connection method of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment. FIG. 4(a) is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of the ventilation control device 3 in this embodiment, and FIG. 4(b) is a schematic diagram showing an example of the detailed configuration of the ventilation control device 3 in this embodiment. It is a diagram. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
　換気制御システム１は、図１に示すように、換気装置２と、換気装置操作部２００と、換気制御装置３とを備える。 As shown in FIG. 1, the ventilation control system 1 includes a ventilation device 2, a ventilation device operating section 200, and a ventilation control device 3.
　＜換気装置２＞
　換気装置２は、室内の換気を行う既設の装置である。換気装置２は、操作部と有線接続されて設置される。換気装置２としては、例えば温度調整機能を備えない換気扇などが挙げられる。換気装置２としては、例えば温度調整機能を備えるエアコンが用いられてもよい。ここで、有線接続とは、線状の伝送路を利用して通信するための接続方法を指し、以下も同様の意味で用いられる。有線接続の手段としては、例えば公知の回路接続ケーブルが用いられる。 <Ventilation system 2>
The ventilation device 2 is an existing device that ventilates the room. The ventilation device 2 is installed in a wired connection with the operating section. Examples of the ventilation device 2 include a ventilation fan that does not have a temperature adjustment function. As the ventilation device 2, for example, an air conditioner having a temperature adjustment function may be used. Here, the term "wired connection" refers to a connection method for communication using a linear transmission path, and is used hereinafter with the same meaning. As the means for wired connection, for example, a known circuit connection cable is used.
　＜＜換気装置操作部２００＞＞
　換気装置操作部２００は、換気装置２を制御するための制御情報を出力する、既設の操作部である。換気装置操作部２００は、換気装置２と有線接続される。換気装置操作部２００は、例えば換気装置２を操作する操作パネルである。 <<Ventilation device operation section 200>>
The ventilation device operation unit 200 is an existing operation unit that outputs control information for controlling the ventilation device 2. The ventilation device operating section 200 is connected to the ventilation device 2 by wire. The ventilation device operation unit 200 is, for example, an operation panel for operating the ventilation device 2.
＜換気制御装置３＞
　換気制御装置３は、既設の換気装置２と、既設の換気装置操作部２００との間に新たに設置される。ここで、「既設の換気装置２と、既設の換気装置操作部２００との間」とは、換気制御装置３と、換気装置２と、換気装置操作部２００と、の物理的な配置関係を指すものではなく、換気装置２と、換気装置操作部２００と、が換気制御装置３を介して有線接続されることを指す。換気制御装置３は、換気装置２と、各情報の送受信ができるように有線接続される。換気制御装置３は、換気装置操作部２００と、各情報の送受信ができるように有線接続される。 <Ventilation control device 3>
The ventilation control device 3 is newly installed between the existing ventilation device 2 and the existing ventilation device operation section 200. Here, "between the existing ventilation system 2 and the existing ventilation system operation section 200" refers to the physical arrangement relationship between the ventilation control device 3, the ventilation system 2, and the ventilation system operation section 200. This does not necessarily mean that the ventilation device 2 and the ventilation device operation unit 200 are connected by wire via the ventilation control device 3. The ventilation control device 3 is connected to the ventilation device 2 by wire so that each information can be sent and received. The ventilation control device 3 is connected by wire to the ventilation device operation unit 200 so that various information can be transmitted and received.
　換気制御装置３は、例えば図２に示すように、換気制御装置３の正極端子（Ｐ）と、換気装置２の正極端子（Ｐ）と、が有線接続され、換気制御装置３の負極端子（Ｎ）と、換気装置２の負極端子（Ｎ）と、が有線接続されることで、換気装置２と有線接続される。換気制御装置３は、例えば換気制御装置３の正極端子（Ｐ）と、換気装置操作部２００の正極端子（Ｐ）と、が有線接続され、換気制御装置３の負極端子（Ｎ）と、換気装置操作部２００の負極端子（Ｎ）と、が有線接続されることで、換気装置操作部２００と有線接続される。 In the ventilation control device 3, for example, as shown in FIG. N) and the negative terminal (N) of the ventilation device 2 are connected by wire, thereby establishing a wire connection with the ventilation device 2. In the ventilation control device 3, for example, a positive terminal (P) of the ventilation control device 3 and a positive terminal (P) of the ventilation device operation unit 200 are connected by wire, and a negative terminal (N) of the ventilation control device 3 and a ventilation The negative terminal (N) of the device operating section 200 is connected by wire, thereby establishing a wired connection to the ventilation device operating section 200.
　換気制御装置３は、例えば既設の換気装置２と、既設の換気装置操作部２００と、を有線接続する既設の伝送路を任意に加工して用いることで、既設の換気装置２及び既設の換気装置操作部２００と有線接続されてもよい。この場合、換気制御装置３は、既設の換気装置２と、既設の換気装置操作部２００と、の間に新たに設置される際に配線の増設工事等を行う必要がなく、容易に設置することができる。 For example, the ventilation control device 3 can connect the existing ventilation device 2 and the existing ventilation device operation unit 200 by arbitrarily modifying and using an existing transmission line to connect the existing ventilation device 2 and the existing ventilation device operation unit 200 by wire. It may be connected to the device operation section 200 by wire. In this case, when the ventilation control device 3 is newly installed between the existing ventilation device 2 and the existing ventilation device operation section 200, there is no need to perform additional wiring work, etc., and the installation is easy. be able to.
　換気制御装置３は、例えば図３に示すように、室内機２１と、室外機２２と、を有する換気装置２と有線接続されてもよい。この場合、換気制御装置３の正極端子（Ｐ）は、室内機２１の正極端子（Ｐ）と室外機２２の正極端子（Ｐ）とを有線接続する伝送路と有線接続されてもよい。また、換気制御装置３の負極端子（Ｎ）は、室内機２１の負極端子（Ｎ）と室外機２２の負極端子（Ｎ）とを有線接続する伝送路と有線接続されてもよい。 The ventilation control device 3 may be connected by wire to a ventilation device 2 having an indoor unit 21 and an outdoor unit 22, as shown in FIG. 3, for example. In this case, the positive terminal (P) of the ventilation control device 3 may be connected by wire to a transmission line that connects the positive terminal (P) of the indoor unit 21 and the positive terminal (P) of the outdoor unit 22 by wire. Further, the negative terminal (N) of the ventilation control device 3 may be connected by wire to a transmission line that connects the negative terminal (N) of the indoor unit 21 and the negative terminal (N) of the outdoor unit 22 by wire.
　換気制御装置３として、例えばＲａｓｐｂｅｒｒｙ　Ｐｉ（登録商標）等の公知のシングルボードコンピュータが用いられる。換気制御装置３は、例えば図４（ａ）に示すように、筐体３０と、ＣＰＵ３０１と、ＲＯＭ（Read Only Memory）３０２と、ＲＡＭ（Random Access Memory）３０３と、保存部３０４と、Ｉ／Ｆ３０５～３０７とを備える。各構成３０１～３０７は、内部バス３１０により接続される。 As the ventilation control device 3, a known single board computer such as Raspberry Pi (registered trademark) is used, for example. For example, as shown in FIG. 4A, the ventilation control device 3 includes a housing 30, a CPU 301, a ROM (Read Only Memory) 302, a RAM (Random Access Memory) 303, a storage section 304, and an I/O. Equipped with F305 to F307. Each configuration 301 - 307 is connected by an internal bus 310 .
　ＣＰＵ３０１は、換気制御装置３全体を制御する。ＲＯＭ３０２は、ＣＰＵ３０１の動作コードを格納する。ＲＡＭ３０３は、ＣＰＵ３０１の動作時に使用される作業領域である。保存部３０４は、データベースや学習データ等の各種情報が記憶される。保存部３０４として、例えばＨＤＤ（Hard Disk Drive）のほか、ＳＳＤ（Solid State Drive）等のデータ保存装置が用いられる。換気制御装置３は、例えば図示しないＧＰＵ（Graphics Processing Unit）を有してもよい。 The CPU 301 controls the entire ventilation control device 3. The ROM 302 stores operation codes for the CPU 301. The RAM 303 is a work area used when the CPU 301 operates. The storage unit 304 stores various information such as a database and learning data. As the storage unit 304, for example, a data storage device such as an HDD (Hard Disk Drive) or an SSD (Solid State Drive) is used. The ventilation control device 3 may include, for example, a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit) not shown.
　換気制御装置３は、例えば換気制御装置３とは区別される外部の記憶媒体が、保存部３０４の代わりに用いられてもよく、保存部３０４と併用されてもよい。ここで、外部の記憶媒体とは、例えば公知のパーソナルコンピュータ等が用いられ、通信網を介して換気制御装置３と接続されてもよい。当該通信網は、例えばインターネット網等である。通信網は、いわゆる光ファイバ通信網で構成されてもよく、有線通信網のほか、例えばＬＴＥ（Long term evolution）等の無線通信網等の公知の通信技術で実現してもよい。 In the ventilation control device 3, for example, an external storage medium that is distinct from the ventilation control device 3 may be used in place of the storage unit 304, or may be used in combination with the storage unit 304. Here, the external storage medium may be, for example, a known personal computer or the like, and may be connected to the ventilation control device 3 via a communication network. The communication network is, for example, the Internet network. The communication network may be constituted by a so-called optical fiber communication network, and may be realized by a known communication technology such as a wireless communication network such as LTE (Long Term Evolution) in addition to a wired communication network.
　Ｉ／Ｆ３０５は、必要に応じて、換気装置２又は換気装置操作部２００等と、各種情報の送受信を行うためのインターフェースである。Ｉ／Ｆ３０６は、入力部３０８との情報の送受信を行うためのインターフェースである。入力部３０８として、例えばキーボードが用いられ、オペレータは、入力部３０８を介して、各種情報の制御コマンド等を入力する。Ｉ／Ｆ３０７は、表示部３０９との各種情報の送受信を行うためのインターフェースである。表示部３０９は、保存部３０４に保存された各種情報、又は評価結果等を表示する。表示部３０９として、ディスプレイが用いられ、例えばタッチパネル式の場合、入力部３０８と一体に設けられる。 The I/F 305 is an interface for transmitting and receiving various information with the ventilation device 2 or the ventilation device operation unit 200, etc., as necessary. I/F 306 is an interface for transmitting and receiving information to and from input unit 308 . For example, a keyboard is used as the input unit 308, and the operator inputs control commands for various information and the like through the input unit 308. I/F 307 is an interface for transmitting and receiving various information to and from display unit 309 . The display unit 309 displays various information stored in the storage unit 304, evaluation results, etc. A display is used as the display unit 309, and in the case of a touch panel type, for example, it is provided integrally with the input unit 308.
　換気制御装置３は、例えば図５に示すように、無線通信網４を介して端末３１１と接続され、端末３１１を介して操作されてもよい。この場合、端末３１１は、入力部３０８及び表示部３０９として用いられてもよい。端末３１１としては、例えば公知のタブレット端末やスマートフォン等が用いられる。 The ventilation control device 3 may be connected to a terminal 311 via the wireless communication network 4 and operated via the terminal 311, as shown in FIG. 5, for example. In this case, the terminal 311 may be used as the input section 308 and the display section 309. As the terminal 311, for example, a known tablet terminal, smartphone, or the like is used.
　次に、換気制御装置３の詳細な構成についての詳細を説明する。 Next, the detailed configuration of the ventilation control device 3 will be explained in detail.
　図４（ｂ）は、換気制御装置３の詳細な構成の一例を示す模式図である。換気制御装置３は、例えば通信手段３１と、記憶手段３２と、装置情報特定手段３３と、設定手段３４と、を含む。なお、図４（ｂ）に示した各構成は、ＣＰＵ３０１が、ＲＡＭ３０３を作業領域として、保存部３０４等に記憶されたプログラムを実行することにより実現される。 FIG. 4(b) is a schematic diagram showing an example of a detailed configuration of the ventilation control device 3. The ventilation control device 3 includes, for example, a communication means 31, a storage means 32, a device information specifying means 33, and a setting means 34. Note that each configuration shown in FIG. 4B is realized by the CPU 301 executing a program stored in the storage unit 304 or the like using the RAM 303 as a work area.
　＜＜通信手段３１＞＞
　通信手段３１は、例えば換気装置操作部２００から送信された情報を受信する。通信手段３１は、例えば換気装置２を制御するための制御情報を、換気装置操作部２００から受信する。 <<Communication means 31>>
The communication means 31 receives, for example, information transmitted from the ventilator operation unit 200. The communication means 31 receives, for example, control information for controlling the ventilation device 2 from the ventilation device operating section 200.
　通信手段３１は、例えば換気装置２に情報を送信する。通信手段３１は、例えば換気装置２を制御するための制御情報を、換気装置２に送信する。 The communication means 31 transmits information to the ventilation device 2, for example. The communication means 31 transmits control information for controlling the ventilation device 2 to the ventilation device 2, for example.
　通信手段３１は、例えば受信、送信、又は生成した情報を、換気制御装置３とは区別される外部の記憶媒体に記憶させるために、当該情報を、当該外部の記憶媒体に送信してもよい。 The communication means 31 may transmit received, transmitted, or generated information to an external storage medium that is distinguished from the ventilation control device 3, for example, in order to store the information in the external storage medium. .
　＜＜記憶手段３２＞＞
　記憶手段３２は、例えば通信手段３１が受信した情報を、保存部３０４に保存されたデータベースに記憶させる。記憶手段３２は、例えば保存部３０４に保存されたデータベースに記憶された各種データを、必要に応じて取出す。記憶手段３２は、各構成３１、３３、３４により取得又は生成された各種データを、必要に応じて保存部３０４に保存されたデータベースに記憶させる。 <<Storage means 32>>
The storage unit 32 stores, for example, the information received by the communication unit 31 in a database stored in the storage unit 304. The storage unit 32 retrieves various data stored in a database stored in the storage unit 304, for example, as needed. The storage unit 32 stores various data acquired or generated by each of the components 31, 33, and 34 in a database stored in the storage unit 304 as necessary.
　＜＜装置情報特定手段３３＞＞
　装置情報特定手段３３は、換気装置２を制御するための制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する。ここで、装置情報とは、例えば換気装置の種類情報（換気扇・エアコン等）、メーカー情報、型番情報等を含む。装置情報特定手段３３は、例えば保存部３０４に保存されたデータベースを参照した上で、換気装置２を制御するための制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する。装置情報特定手段３３は、例えば外部の記憶媒体に保存されたデータベースを参照した上で、換気装置２を制御するための制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定してもよい。 <<Device information specifying means 33>>
The device information specifying means 33 specifies device information corresponding to control information for controlling the ventilation device 2 . Here, the device information includes, for example, information on the type of ventilation device (ventilation fan, air conditioner, etc.), manufacturer information, model number information, and the like. The device information specifying means 33 refers to a database stored in the storage unit 304, for example, and specifies device information corresponding to control information for controlling the ventilation device 2. The device information specifying means 33 may specify device information corresponding to control information for controlling the ventilation device 2, for example, by referring to a database stored in an external storage medium.
　＜＜設定手段３４＞＞
　設定手段３４は、装置情報特定手段３３が特定した換気装置２の装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を取得し、換気制御装置３に対して設定する、ここで、操作情報とは、換気装置の操作内容を示す情報であり、「起動」、「送風量を１段階上げる」などを含む。設定手段３４は、例えば保存部３０４に保存されたデータベースを参照した上で、装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を取得する。設定手段３４は、例えば外部の記憶媒体に保存されたデータベースを参照した上で、装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を取得してもよい。 <<Setting means 34>>
The setting means 34 acquires operation information and control information according to the device information of the ventilation device 2 specified by the device information specifying means 33, and sets it for the ventilation control device 3. Here, the operation information is , is information indicating the operation details of the ventilation device, and includes "start", "increase the air flow rate by one level", etc. The setting unit 34 refers to a database stored in the storage unit 304, for example, and obtains operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified by the device information specifying unit 33. The setting means 34 may refer to a database stored in an external storage medium, for example, and obtain the operation information and control information according to the device information specified by the device information specifying means 33.
　なお、上述した換気制御システム１の構成の説明を、室内の温度調節を行う温度調節装置の動作を制御するための温度調節制御システムの構成に置き換えることができる。すなわち、換気制御システム１の構成の説明において、「換気制御システム１」を「温度調節制御システム」と、「換気装置２」を「温度調節装置」と、「換気装置操作部２００」を「温度調節装置操作部」と、「換気制御装置３」を「温度調節制御装置」と、それぞれ読み替えてよい。 Note that the description of the configuration of the ventilation control system 1 described above can be replaced with the configuration of a temperature adjustment control system for controlling the operation of a temperature adjustment device that adjusts indoor temperature. That is, in the description of the configuration of the ventilation control system 1, "ventilation control system 1" is referred to as "temperature adjustment control system," "ventilator 2" is referred to as "temperature adjustment device," and "ventilator operation unit 200" is referred to as "temperature adjustment control system." "adjustment device operation section" and "ventilation control device 3" may be read as "temperature adjustment control device" respectively.
　温度調節制御システムは、換気装置２に対応する温度調節装置と、換気装置操作部２００に対応する温度調節装置操作部と、換気制御装置３に対応する温度調節制御装置と、を備える。 The temperature adjustment control system includes a temperature adjustment device corresponding to the ventilation device 2, a temperature adjustment device operation section corresponding to the ventilation device operation section 200, and a temperature adjustment control device corresponding to the ventilation control device 3.
　温度調節装置は、室内の温度調節を行う既設の装置であり、温度調節装置操作部と有線接続されて設置される。温度調節装置としては、例えば全熱交換器、換気機能を有していないエアコン、その他空調設備などが挙げられる。 The temperature adjustment device is an existing device that adjusts the indoor temperature, and is installed by being connected by wire to the temperature adjustment device operation section. Examples of the temperature control device include a total heat exchanger, an air conditioner without a ventilation function, and other air conditioning equipment.
　温度調節装置操作部は、温度調節装置を制御するための制御情報を出力する既設の操作部であり、例えば温度調節装置を操作する操作パネルである。 The temperature adjustment device operation unit is an existing operation unit that outputs control information for controlling the temperature adjustment device, and is, for example, an operation panel for operating the temperature adjustment device.
　温度調節制御装置は、既設の温度調節装置と、既設の温度調節装置操作部との間に新たに設置される。ここで、「既設の温度調節装置と、既設の温度調節装置操作部との間」とは、温度調節装置と、温度調節装置操作部と、が温度調節制御装置を介して有線接続されることを指す。温度調節制御装置は、温度調節装置及び温度調節装置操作部と、各情報の送受信ができるように有線接続される。温度調節制御装置は、例えば換気制御装置３と同様の構成を有し、公知のシングルボードコンピュータが用いられる。温度調節制御装置は、例えば換気制御装置３と同様に、上述の通信手段３１と、記憶手段３２と、装置情報特定手段３３と、設定手段３４と、を含む。 The temperature adjustment control device is newly installed between the existing temperature adjustment device and the existing temperature adjustment device operating section. Here, "between the existing temperature adjustment device and the existing temperature adjustment device operation section" means that the temperature adjustment device and the temperature adjustment device operation section are connected by wire via the temperature adjustment control device. refers to The temperature adjustment control device is connected by wire to the temperature adjustment device and the temperature adjustment device operation unit so that each information can be sent and received. The temperature adjustment control device has, for example, the same configuration as the ventilation control device 3, and uses a known single board computer. The temperature adjustment control device includes, for example, like the ventilation control device 3, the above-mentioned communication means 31, storage means 32, device information specifying means 33, and setting means 34.
（第１実施形態：換気制御システム１の動作の一例）
　次に、図６～図１１を参照して、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の動作の一例を説明する。図６は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の動作の一例を示すフローチャートである。図７は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１に関連する情報の一例を示す模式図である。図８（ａ）～図８（ｂ）は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１に関連するデータベースの一例を示す模式図である。図９（ａ）～図９（ｂ）は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１に関連する第１データベースの一例を示す模式図である。図１０（ａ）～図１０（ｃ）は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１に関連する第２データベースの一例を示す模式図である。図１１（ａ）～図１１（ｂ）は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１に関連する第２データベースの詳細の一例を示す模式図である。 (First embodiment: Example of operation of ventilation control system 1)
Next, an example of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 to 11. FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment. FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing an example of information related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment. FIGS. 8(a) to 8(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of a database related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment. FIGS. 9(a) to 9(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of the first database related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment. FIGS. 10(a) to 10(c) are schematic diagrams showing an example of the second database related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment. FIGS. 11(a) to 11(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of details of the second database related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
　換気制御システム１は、例えば換気制御装置３内にインストールされた換気制御プログラムを介して実行される。換気制御システム１の動作は、例えば図６に示すように、装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０と、設定ステップＳ１２０と、を含む。 The ventilation control system 1 is executed, for example, via a ventilation control program installed in the ventilation control device 3. The operation of the ventilation control system 1 includes, for example, as shown in FIG. 6, a device information specifying step S110 and a setting step S120.
　＜装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０＞
　装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０において、換気制御装置３は、換気装置操作部２００から制御情報Ｄ３３に含まれる制御情報Ｄ３３’を取得する。装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０において、装置情報特定手段３３は、第１データベース６１を参照した上で、換気制御装置３が換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３に対応する装置情報Ｄ３１を特定する。装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０において、換気制御システム１は、例えば装置情報Ｄ３１とともに、換気装置２の操作情報Ｄ３２を取得してもよい。 <Device information specification step S110>
In the device information specifying step S110, the ventilation control device 3 acquires the control information D33' included in the control information D33 from the ventilation device operating section 200. In the device information specifying step S110, the device information specifying means 33 refers to the first database 61 and specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33 that the ventilation control device 3 has acquired from the ventilator operation unit 200. In the device information specifying step S110, the ventilation control system 1 may acquire, for example, the operation information D32 of the ventilation device 2 together with the device information D31.
　＜＜装置情報Ｄ３１＞＞
　装置情報Ｄ３１は、換気装置２の装置に関する情報を含む。装置情報Ｄ３１は、例えば図７に示すように、換気装置２の種類情報（換気扇・エアコン等）、メーカー情報、型番情報等を含む。 <<Device information D31>>
The device information D31 includes information regarding the ventilation device 2. For example, as shown in FIG. 7, the device information D31 includes type information (ventilation fan, air conditioner, etc.) of the ventilation device 2, manufacturer information, model number information, and the like.
　＜＜操作情報Ｄ３２＞＞
　操作情報Ｄ３２は、換気装置２の操作内容を示す情報を含む。操作情報Ｄ３２は、例えば換気装置２を「起動」又は「送風量を１段階上げる」などの操作内容を示す情報を含む。本実施形態においては、各種装置が取得する操作情報Ｄ３２とは、換気装置２の操作内容を示す全ての情報を取得する形態に限定されず、必要に応じて、換気装置２の操作内容を示す情報のうち少なくとも一部が取得される形態を含む。 <<Operation information D32>>
The operation information D32 includes information indicating the operation details of the ventilation device 2. The operation information D32 includes information indicating operation details such as, for example, "activating" the ventilation device 2 or "increasing the air flow rate by one level." In the present embodiment, the operation information D32 acquired by various devices is not limited to a form that acquires all information indicating the operation details of the ventilation device 2, but may indicate the operation details of the ventilation device 2 as necessary. This includes the form in which at least part of the information is obtained.
　＜＜制御情報Ｄ３３＞＞
　制御情報Ｄ３３は、換気装置２を制御するための情報を含む。制御情報Ｄ３３は、例えば換気装置２を制御するための信号情報を含む。本実施形態においては、制御情報Ｄ３３のうち、換気制御装置３が換気装置操作部２００から取得する制御情報Ｄ３３を、制御情報Ｄ３３’として説明する。制御情報Ｄ３３’は、制御情報Ｄ３３に含まれ、制御情報Ｄ３３と同種の情報である。また、本実施形態においては、各種装置が取得する制御情報Ｄ３３とは、換気装置２を制御するための全ての情報を取得する形態に限定されず、必要に応じて、換気装置２を制御するための情報のうち少なくとも一部が取得される形態を含む。 <<Control information D33>>
The control information D33 includes information for controlling the ventilation device 2. The control information D33 includes signal information for controlling the ventilation device 2, for example. In this embodiment, among the control information D33, the control information D33 that the ventilation control device 3 acquires from the ventilation device operation unit 200 will be described as control information D33'. Control information D33' is included in control information D33 and is the same type of information as control information D33. In addition, in the present embodiment, the control information D33 acquired by various devices is not limited to a form in which all information for controlling the ventilation device 2 is acquired, and the control information D33 is used to control the ventilation device 2 as necessary. including the form in which at least part of the information for the purpose is obtained.
　＜＜第１データベース６１＞＞
　第１データベース６１は、例えば換気制御装置３に記憶される。第１データベース６１は、例えば換気制御装置３に含まれる保存部３０４に記憶される。第１データベース６１は、例えば外部の記憶媒体に記憶されてもよい。 <<First database 61>>
The first database 61 is stored in the ventilation control device 3, for example. The first database 61 is stored in the storage unit 304 included in the ventilation control device 3, for example. The first database 61 may be stored in an external storage medium, for example.
　第１データベース６１は、例えば換気装置２の装置情報Ｄ３１を含む参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１と、換気装置２の制御情報Ｄ３３を含む参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１と、が予め紐づけて記憶される。第１データベース６１は、例えば図８（ａ）に示すように、参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１を格納するための装置情報テーブルＴ６１１と、参照用制御情報Ｄ６１－３を格納するための制御情報テーブルＴ６１３と、を含む。 In the first database 61, for example, reference device information D61-1 including device information D31 of the ventilation device 2 and reference control information D63-1 including control information D33 of the ventilation device 2 are stored in advance in a linked manner. Ru. For example, as shown in FIG. 8A, the first database 61 includes a device information table T611 for storing reference device information D61-1 and a control information table T611 for storing reference control information D61-3. T613.
　＜＜装置情報テーブルＴ６１１＞＞
　装置情報テーブルＴ６１１は、例えば図９（ａ）に示すように、参照用装置情報Ｄ６１―１を格納する。 <<Device information table T611>>
The device information table T611 stores reference device information D61-1, for example, as shown in FIG. 9(a).
　＜＜参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１＞＞
　参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１は、例えば装置情報テーブルＴ６１１に格納される。参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１は、例えば換気装置の装置情報を含む。参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１は、例えば換気装置の種類情報（換気扇・エアコン等）、メーカー情報、型番情報等を含む。参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１は、例えば装置情報Ｄ３１を含む。 <<Reference device information D61-1>>
The reference device information D61-1 is stored, for example, in the device information table T611. The reference device information D61-1 includes, for example, device information of a ventilation device. The reference device information D61-1 includes, for example, ventilation device type information (ventilation fan, air conditioner, etc.), manufacturer information, model number information, and the like. The reference device information D61-1 includes, for example, device information D31.
　＜＜制御情報テーブルＴ６１３＞＞
　制御情報テーブルＴ６１３は、例えば図９（ｂ）に示すように、参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１を格納する。 <<Control information table T613>>
The control information table T613 stores reference control information D63-1, as shown in FIG. 9(b), for example.
　＜＜参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１＞＞
　　参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１は、例えば制御情報テーブルＴ６１３に格納される。参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１は、例えば換気装置の制御情報を含む。参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１は、例えば換気装置を制御するための信号情報を含む。参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１は、例えば制御情報Ｄ３３を含む。 <<Reference control information D63-1>>
The reference control information D63-1 is stored, for example, in the control information table T613. The reference control information D63-1 includes, for example, control information for a ventilation system. The reference control information D63-1 includes, for example, signal information for controlling a ventilation device. The reference control information D63-1 includes, for example, the control information D33.
　参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１に含まれる制御情報は、例えば参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１に含まれる装置情報と紐づけられる。例えば、メーカーＡ社製の型番情報「Ａ１２３」と、型番情報「Ａ１２３」を制御するための信号情報「１０ＸＸＸ」と、が紐づけられる。また、メーカーＢ社製の型番情報「Ｂ４５６」と、型番情報「Ｂ４５６」を制御するための信号情報「２０ＸＸＸ」と、が紐づけられる。上記の方法により、参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１と、参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１と、が紐づけられる。 The control information included in the reference control information D63-1 is linked, for example, with the device information included in the reference device information D61-1. For example, model number information "A123" made by manufacturer A and signal information "10XXX" for controlling model number information "A123" are linked. Further, the model number information "B456" made by manufacturer B and the signal information "20XXX" for controlling the model number information "B456" are linked. By the above method, the reference control information D63-1 and the reference device information D61-1 are linked.
　＜設定ステップＳ１２０＞
　設定ステップＳ１２０において、設定手段３４は、第２データベース６２を参照した上で、装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０において装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報Ｄ３１に応じた操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３と、を第２データベース６２から取得し、当該換気制御装置３に対して、取得した操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３とを設定する。この場合、換気装置２の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、換気装置２を制御することができる。これにより、換気装置２の利便性の向上を図ることができる。ここで、設定ステップＳ１２０において設定手段３４が取得する制御情報Ｄ３３は、換気装置２を制御するための制御情報全てを取得することに限定されず、例えば換気装置２を制御するための制御情報の一部のみを取得してもよく、以下も同様とする。例えば、設定ステップＳ１２０において、設定手段３４は、装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０において換気制御装置３が換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’と同一の制御情報のみを取得してもよく、制御情報Ｄ３３に含まれる一部の制御情報であって、制御情報Ｄ３３’を含む制御情報のみを取得してもよく、制御情報Ｄ３３に含まれる一部の制御情報であって、制御情報Ｄ３３’を除く制御情報のみを取得してもよい。また、設定ステップＳ１２０において設定手段３４が取得する操作情報Ｄ３２についても、制御情報Ｄ３３と同様であり、換気装置２の操作内容を示す情報全てを取得することに限定されず、例えば換気装置２の操作内容を示す情報の一部のみを取得してもよく、以下も同様とする。 <Setting step S120>
In the setting step S120, the setting means 34 refers to the second database 62 and sets the operation information D32 and control information D33 according to the device information D31 specified by the device information specifying means 33 in the device information specifying step S110. The acquired operation information D32 and control information D33 are acquired from the second database 62 and set for the ventilation control device 3. In this case, the ventilation device 2 can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the ventilation device 2. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be improved. Here, the control information D33 acquired by the setting means 34 in the setting step S120 is not limited to acquiring all the control information for controlling the ventilation apparatus 2, but for example, the control information D33 for controlling the ventilation apparatus 2. Only a part of the information may be acquired, and the same applies to the following. For example, in the setting step S120, the setting means 34 may acquire only the same control information as the control information D33' that the ventilation control device 3 acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200 in the device information specifying step S110, and the control information Only the control information including the control information D33′ included in the control information D33 may be acquired, or the control information including the control information D33′ included in the control information D33 excluding the control information D33′ may be acquired. Only control information may be acquired. Further, the operation information D32 acquired by the setting means 34 in the setting step S120 is also similar to the control information D33, and is not limited to acquiring all the information indicating the operation contents of the ventilation device 2. Only part of the information indicating the operation details may be acquired, and the same applies below.
　＜＜第２データベース６２＞＞
　第２データベース６２は、例えば換気制御装置３に記憶される。第２データベース６２は、例えば換気制御装置３に含まれる保存部３０４に記憶される。第２データベース６２は、例えば外部の記憶媒体に記憶されてもよい。第２データベース６２は、例えば第１データベース６１と同一の記憶媒体に記憶されてもよく、異なる記憶媒体に記憶されてもよい。 <<Second database 62>>
The second database 62 is stored in the ventilation control device 3, for example. The second database 62 is stored in the storage unit 304 included in the ventilation control device 3, for example. The second database 62 may be stored in an external storage medium, for example. The second database 62 may be stored, for example, in the same storage medium as the first database 61, or may be stored in a different storage medium.
　第２データベース６２は、例えば換気装置２の操作情報Ｄ３２を含む参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２と、換気装置２の制御情報Ｄ３３を含む参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－２と、が換気装置２の装置情報Ｄ３１を含む参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－２ごとに予め紐づけて記憶される。 The second database 62 includes, for example, reference operation information D62-2 including operation information D32 of the ventilation device 2, reference control information D63-2 including control information D33 of the ventilation device 2, and device information of the ventilation device 2. Each reference device information D61-2 including D31 is stored in association with each other in advance.
　第２データベース６２は、例えば図８（ｂ）に示すように、参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－２を格納するための装置情報テーブルＴ６２１と、参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２を格納するための操作情報テーブルＴ６２２と、参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－２を格納するための制御情報テーブルＴ６２３と、を含む。 For example, as shown in FIG. 8B, the second database 62 includes a device information table T621 for storing reference device information D61-2 and an operation information table T621 for storing reference operation information D62-2. T622, and a control information table T623 for storing reference control information D63-2.
　＜＜装置情報テーブルＴ６２１＞＞
　装置情報テーブルＴ６２１は、例えば図１０（ａ）に示すように、参照用装置情報Ｄ６１―２を格納する。 <<Device information table T621>>
The device information table T621 stores reference device information D61-2, for example, as shown in FIG. 10(a).
　＜＜参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－２＞＞
　参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－２は、例えば装置情報テーブルＴ６２１に格納される。参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－２は、例えば参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１と同様の情報を含む。 <<Reference device information D61-2>>
The reference device information D61-2 is stored, for example, in the device information table T621. The reference device information D61-2 includes, for example, the same information as the reference device information D61-1.
　＜＜操作情報テーブルＴ６２２＞＞
　操作情報テーブルＴ６２２は、例えば図１０（ｂ）に示すように、参照用操作情報Ｄ６２―２を格納する。 <<Operation information table T622>>
The operation information table T622 stores reference operation information D62-2, as shown in FIG. 10(b), for example.
　＜＜参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２＞＞
　参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２は、例えば操作情報テーブルＴ６２２に格納される。参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２は、例えば換気装置の操作内容を示す操作情報を含む。参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２は、例えば操作情報Ｄ３２を含む。 <<Reference operation information D62-2>>
The reference operation information D62-2 is stored, for example, in the operation information table T622. The reference operation information D62-2 includes, for example, operation information indicating operation details of the ventilation device. The reference operation information D62-2 includes, for example, the operation information D32.
　＜＜制御情報テーブルＴ６２３＞＞
　制御情報テーブルＴ６２３は、例えば図１０（ｃ）に示すように、参照用制御情報Ｄ６３―２を格納する。 <<Control information table T623>>
The control information table T623 stores reference control information D63-2, as shown in FIG. 10(c), for example.
　＜＜参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－２＞＞
　参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－２は、例えば制御情報テーブルＴ６２３に格納される。参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－２は、例えば参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１と同様の情報を含む。 <<Reference control information D63-2>>
The reference control information D63-2 is stored, for example, in the control information table T623. The reference control information D63-2 includes, for example, the same information as the reference control information D63-1.
　次に、図１１を用いて、第２データベース６２における、参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－２と、予め紐づけて記憶された参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２と参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－２と、の対応関係について説明する。 Next, using FIG. 11, the correspondence between the reference device information D61-2, the reference operation information D62-2 and the reference control information D63-2 stored in association with each other in the second database 62 will be explained. Explain the relationship.
　参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－２は、例えば図１１（ａ）に示すように、種類情報、メーカー情報、型番情報等を含む装置情報ごとに付与されるライブラリ番号を含む。参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－２は、例えば種類情報「換気扇」、メーカー情報「Ａ社」、型番情報「Ａ１２３」、ライブラリ番号「１」を含む。 The reference device information D61-2 includes a library number assigned to each piece of device information including type information, manufacturer information, model number information, etc., as shown in FIG. 11(a), for example. The reference device information D61-2 includes, for example, type information "ventilation fan", manufacturer information "Company A", model number information "A123", and library number "1".
　この場合、例えば図１１（ｂ）に示すように、参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－２に含まれるライブラリ番号「１」と、参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２に含まれる、型番情報「Ａ１２３」の操作内容「起動」を示す操作情報と、参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－２に含まれる、操作内容「起動」を型番情報「Ａ１２３」に実行させるように制御するための信号情報「１０００１」と、が紐づけられる。また、例えば、参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－２に含まれるライブラリ番号「１」と、参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２に含まれる、型番情報「Ａ１２３」の操作内容「送風量を１段階上げる」を示す操作情報と、操作内容「送風量を１段階上げる」を型番情報「Ａ１２３」に実行させるように制御するための信号情報「１０００２」と、が紐づけられる。 In this case, for example, as shown in FIG. 11(b), the operation details of the library number "1" included in the reference device information D61-2 and the model number information "A123" included in the reference operation information D62-2 The operation information indicating "start" and the signal information "10001" included in the reference control information D63-2 and used to control the model number information "A123" to execute the operation content "start" are linked. It will be done. Also, for example, the library number "1" included in the reference device information D61-2 and the operation content "increase the air blow rate by one level" for the model number information "A123" included in the reference operation information D62-2 are shown. The operation information is associated with signal information "10002" for controlling the model number information "A123" to execute the operation content "increase the air blowing amount by one level".
　上記の方法により、第２データベース６２において、参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２と、参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－２と、が参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－２ごとに予め紐づけられて記憶される。なお、参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２と参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－２とは、参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－２に含まれるライブラリ番号を用いずに、例えば型番情報「Ａ１２３」と紐づけられてもよい。 By the above method, in the second database 62, the reference operation information D62-2 and the reference control information D63-2 are stored in advance in association with each reference device information D61-2. Note that the reference operation information D62-2 and the reference control information D63-2 may be linked to the model number information "A123", for example, without using the library number included in the reference device information D61-2. .
　上述した各ステップを実施し、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の動作は終了する。なお、換気制御システム１では、例えば上述した各ステップを繰り返し実施してもよい。 After each step described above is carried out, the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment is completed. In addition, in the ventilation control system 1, each step mentioned above may be implemented repeatedly, for example.
　なお、上述した換気制御システム１の動作の説明を、温度調節制御システムの動作に置き換えることができる。すなわち、換気制御システム１の動作の説明において、「換気制御システム１」を「温度調節制御システム」と、「換気装置２」を「温度調節装置」と、「換気装置操作部２００」を「温度調節装置操作部」と、「換気制御装置３」を「温度調節制御装置」と、それぞれ読み替えてよい。 Note that the description of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 described above can be replaced with the operation of the temperature adjustment control system. That is, in the explanation of the operation of the ventilation control system 1, "ventilation control system 1" is referred to as "temperature adjustment control system," "ventilator 2" is referred to as "temperature adjustment device," and "ventilator operation unit 200" is referred to as "temperature adjustment control system." "adjustment device operation section" and "ventilation control device 3" may be read as "temperature adjustment control device" respectively.
　温度調節制御システムの動作は、例えば温度調節制御装置内にインストールされた温度調節制御プログラムを介して実行される。温度調節制御システムの動作は、例えば換気制御システム１の動作と同様に、上述の装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０と、設定ステップＳ１２０と、を含んでもよい。 The operation of the temperature adjustment control system is executed, for example, via a temperature adjustment control program installed in the temperature adjustment control device. The operation of the temperature adjustment control system may include, for example, the above-described device information specifying step S110 and setting step S120, similarly to the operation of the ventilation control system 1.
　装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０において、温度調節制御装置は、例えば温度調節装置操作部から制御情報Ｄ３３に含まれる制御情報Ｄ３３’を取得する。装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０において、装置情報特定手段３３は、第１データベース６１を参照した上で、温度調節制御装置が温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３に対応する装置情報Ｄ３１を特定する。装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０において、温度調節制御システムは、例えば装置情報Ｄ３１とともに、温度調節装置の操作情報Ｄ３２を取得してもよい。 In the device information specifying step S110, the temperature adjustment control device acquires the control information D33' included in the control information D33, for example from the temperature adjustment device operating section. In the device information specifying step S110, the device information specifying means 33 refers to the first database 61 and specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33 that the temperature adjustment control device acquires from the temperature adjustment device operating section. In the device information specifying step S110, the temperature adjustment control system may acquire, for example, the operation information D32 of the temperature adjustment device together with the device information D31.
　装置情報Ｄ３１は、例えば温度調節装置の種類情報（全熱交換器・換気機能を有していないエアコン等）、メーカー情報、型番情報等を含む。 The device information D31 includes, for example, type information of the temperature control device (such as an air conditioner without a total heat exchanger or ventilation function), manufacturer information, model number information, and the like.
　操作情報Ｄ３２は、例えば温度調節装置を「起動」又は「室内温度を１℃上げる」などの操作内容を示す情報を含む。 The operation information D32 includes information indicating operation details, such as "activating" the temperature control device or "increasing the indoor temperature by 1° C.", for example.
　設定ステップＳ１２０において、設定手段３４は、第２データベース６２を参照した上で、装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０において装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報Ｄ３１に応じた操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３と、を第２データベース６２から取得し、当該温度調節制御装置に対して、取得した操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３とを設定する。この場合、温度調節装置の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、温度調節装置を制御することができる。これにより、温度調節装置の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 In the setting step S120, the setting means 34 refers to the second database 62 and sets the operation information D32 and control information D33 according to the device information D31 specified by the device information specifying means 33 in the device information specifying step S110. The obtained operation information D32 and control information D33 are obtained from the second database 62 and set for the temperature adjustment control device. In this case, the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be improved.
　本実施形態によれば、換気制御システム１は、換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’に対応する装置情報Ｄ３１を特定する装置情報特定手段３３と、装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報Ｄ３１に応じた操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３と、を第２データベース６２から取得し、当該換気制御装置３に対して、取得した操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３とを設定する設定手段３４と、を備える。このため、換気装置２の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、換気装置２を制御することができる。これにより、換気装置２の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the present embodiment, the ventilation control system 1 includes a device information specifying means 33 that specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operating section 200, and a device specified by the device information specifying means 33. a setting means 34 that acquires operation information D32 and control information D33 corresponding to the information D31 from the second database 62, and sets the acquired operation information D32 and control information D33 to the ventilation control device 3; Equipped with Therefore, the ventilation device 2 can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the ventilation device 2. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be improved.
　本実施形態によれば、換気制御装置３は、換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’に対応する装置情報Ｄ３１を特定する装置情報特定手段３３と、装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報Ｄ３１に応じた操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３と、を第２データベース６２から取得し、当該換気制御装置３に対して、取得した操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３とを設定する設定手段３４と、を備える。このため、換気装置２の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、換気装置２を制御することができる。これにより、換気装置２の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the present embodiment, the ventilation control device 3 includes a device information specifying means 33 that specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200, and a device specified by the device information specifying device 33. a setting means 34 that acquires operation information D32 and control information D33 corresponding to the information D31 from the second database 62, and sets the acquired operation information D32 and control information D33 to the ventilation control device 3; Equipped with Therefore, the ventilation device 2 can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the ventilation device 2. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be improved.
　本実施形態によれば、換気制御プログラムは、換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’に対応する装置情報Ｄ３１を特定する装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０と、装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０が特定した装置情報Ｄ３１に応じた操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３と、を第２データベース６２から取得し、当該換気制御装置３に対して、取得した操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３とを設定する設定ステップＳ１２０と、をコンピュータに実行させる。このため、換気装置２の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、換気装置２を制御することができる。これにより、利便性の向上が図られた換気装置２を提供することができる。 According to the present embodiment, the ventilation control program includes a device information specifying step S110 that specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the ventilator operation unit 200, and the device information specified by the device information specifying step S110. a setting step S120 of acquiring operation information D32 and control information D33 corresponding to D31 from the second database 62, and setting the acquired operation information D32 and control information D33 to the ventilation control device 3; Let the computer run it. Therefore, the ventilation device 2 can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the ventilation device 2. Thereby, it is possible to provide the ventilation device 2 with improved convenience.
　本実施形態によれば、温度調節制御システムは、温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’に対応する装置情報Ｄ３１を特定する装置情報特定手段３３と、装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報Ｄ３１に応じた操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３と、を第２データベース６２から取得し、当該温度調節制御装置に対して、取得した操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３とを設定する設定手段３４と、を備える。このため、温度制御装置の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、温度制御装置を制御することができる。これにより、温度制御装置の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 According to this embodiment, the temperature adjustment control system includes a device information specifying means 33 that specifies device information D31 corresponding to control information D33' acquired from a temperature control device operating section, and a device specified by the device information specifying means 33. a setting means 34 that acquires operation information D32 and control information D33 corresponding to the information D31 from the second database 62, and sets the acquired operation information D32 and control information D33 to the temperature adjustment control device; Equipped with Therefore, the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be improved.
　本実施形態によれば、温度調節制御装置は、温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’に対応する装置情報Ｄ３１を特定する装置情報特定手段３３と、装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報Ｄ３１に応じた操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３と、を第２データベース６２から取得し、当該温度調節制御装置に対して、取得した操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３とを設定する設定手段３４と、を備える。このため、温度調節装置の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、温度調節装置を制御することができる。これにより、温度調節装置の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the present embodiment, the temperature adjustment control device includes the device information specifying means 33 that specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the temperature control device operating section, and the device specified by the device information specifying means 33. a setting means 34 that acquires operation information D32 and control information D33 corresponding to the information D31 from the second database 62, and sets the acquired operation information D32 and control information D33 to the temperature adjustment control device; Equipped with Therefore, the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be improved.
　本実施形態によれば、温度調節制御プログラムは、温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’に対応する装置情報Ｄ３１を特定する装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０と、装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０が特定した装置情報Ｄ３１に応じた操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３と、を第２データベース６２から取得し、当該温度調節制御装置に対して、取得した操作情報Ｄ３２と制御情報Ｄ３３とを設定する設定ステップＳ１２０と、をコンピュータに実行させる。このため、温度調節装置の種類・メーカー・型番等に依らず、温度調節装置を制御することができる。これにより、利便性の向上が図られた温度調節装置を提供することができる。 According to the present embodiment, the temperature adjustment control program includes a device information specifying step S110 that specifies the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the temperature control device operation unit, and a device information specifying step S110 that specifies the device information D31 that corresponds to the control information D33' acquired from the temperature control device operation unit. a setting step S120 of acquiring operation information D32 and control information D33 corresponding to the information D31 from the second database 62, and setting the acquired operation information D32 and control information D33 for the temperature adjustment control device; have the computer execute it. Therefore, the temperature control device can be controlled regardless of the type, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the temperature control device. Thereby, it is possible to provide a temperature control device with improved convenience.
（第２実施形態：換気制御システム１）
　図１２を参照して、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の一例を説明する。図１２は、本実施形態における換気制御装置３の詳細な構成の一例を示す模式図である。本実施形態は、換気制御装置３が学習データ取得手段３５と装置情報モデル生成手段３６とをさらに備え、装置情報特定手段３３が学習モデルを参照した上で装置情報Ｄ３１を特定する点で、第１実施形態とは異なる。なお、上述の内容と同様の構成については、説明を省略する。 (Second embodiment: ventilation control system 1)
An example of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 12. FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a detailed configuration of the ventilation control device 3 in this embodiment. In this embodiment, the ventilation control device 3 further includes a learning data acquisition means 35 and a device information model generation means 36, and the device information specifying means 33 specifies the device information D31 by referring to the learning model. This is different from the first embodiment. Note that the description of the same configurations as those described above will be omitted.
　＜換気制御装置３＞
　換気制御装置３は、例えば図１２に示すように、学習データ取得手段３５と、装置情報モデル生成手段３６と、をさらに備える。 <Ventilation control device 3>
The ventilation control device 3 further includes learning data acquisition means 35 and device information model generation means 36, as shown in FIG. 12, for example.
　＜＜装置情報特定手段３３＞＞
　装置情報特定手段３３は、例えば第１データベース６１に予め記憶される学習モデルを参照した上で、換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する。 <<Device information specifying means 33>>
The device information specifying means 33 refers to a learning model stored in advance in the first database 61, for example, and specifies device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200.
　＜＜学習データ取得手段３５＞＞
　学習データ取得手段３５は、例えば取得した制御情報を再現制御情報として再現して生成し、生成した再現制御情報を含む制御情報と、換気装置の装置情報と、を学習データとして取得する。再現制御情報については後述にて説明する。 <<Learning data acquisition means 35>>
The learning data acquisition means 35 reproduces and generates the acquired control information as reproduction control information, for example, and acquires control information including the generated reproduction control information and device information of the ventilation device as learning data. The reproduction control information will be explained later.
　＜装置情報モデル生成手段３６＞
　装置情報モデル生成手段３６は、例えば学習データ取得手段３５が取得した学習データに基づいて、機械学習により学習モデルを生成する。装置情報モデル生成手段３６は、例えば学習データ取得手段３５が取得した、再現制御情報と、装置情報と、を含む学習データに基づいて、後述の装置情報モデルを生成する。 <Device information model generation means 36>
The device information model generation means 36 generates a learning model by machine learning, for example, based on the learning data acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35. The device information model generation unit 36 generates a device information model, which will be described later, based on learning data including reproduction control information and device information, which is acquired by the learning data acquisition unit 35, for example.
　なお、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の構成の説明についても、温度調節制御システムの構成の説明に置き換えることができる。温度調節制御装置は、例えば換気制御装置３と同様に、上述の学習データ取得手段３５と、装置情報モデル生成手段３６と、をさらに備える。 Note that the description of the configuration of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment can also be replaced with the description of the configuration of the temperature adjustment control system. For example, like the ventilation control device 3, the temperature adjustment control device further includes the above-described learning data acquisition means 35 and device information model generation means 36.
（第２実施形態：換気制御システム１の動作の一例）
　次に、図１３～図１４を参照して、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の動作の一例を説明する。図１３は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の動作の一例を示すフローチャートである。図１４は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１に関連する学習モデルの学習方法の一例を示す模式図である。 (Second embodiment: Example of operation of ventilation control system 1)
Next, an example of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 13 and 14. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment. FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a learning method of a learning model related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
　換気制御システム１の動作は、例えば図１３に示すように、学習データ取得ステップＳ１３０と、装置情報モデル生成ステップＳ１４０と、をさらに含む。 The operation of the ventilation control system 1 further includes a learning data acquisition step S130 and an apparatus information model generation step S140, as shown in FIG. 13, for example.
　＜学習データ取得ステップＳ１３０＞
　学習データ取得ステップＳ１３０において、学習データ取得手段３５は、換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’を再現して生成し、換気装置２に対して出力した再現制御情報のうち、当該換気装置２の操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御が可能な再現制御情報と、当該換気装置２の装置情報Ｄ３１と、を含む学習データＤ７１を取得する。 <Learning data acquisition step S130>
In the learning data acquisition step S130, the learning data acquisition means 35 reproduces and generates the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200, and selects the relevant ventilation device from among the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device 2. Learning data D71 including reproduction control information that allows control corresponding to the operation information D32 of No. 2 and device information D31 of the ventilation device 2 is acquired.
　ここで、再現制御情報とは、例えば換気装置２の制御情報Ｄ３３’に含まれる信号情報を模して、新たに生成される制御情報である。ここで、制御情報Ｄ３３’は、操作情報Ｄ３２が示す操作がされるように換気装置２を制御するための情報である。しかしながら、生成された再現制御情報の中には、操作情報Ｄ３２が示す操作がされるように換気装置２を制御できない場合がある。このため、学習データ取得手段３５は、生成した再現制御情報を換気装置２に対して出力し、操作情報Ｄ３２が示す操作がされるように換気装置２を制御できる再現制御情報のみを、学習データＤ７１として取得してもよい。学習データ取得手段３５は、操作情報Ｄ３２が示す操作がされるように換気装置２を制御できることが、換気装置２の動作によって確認された再現制御情報のみを、学習データＤ７１として取得してもよい。 Here, the reproduction control information is control information that is newly generated by imitating, for example, the signal information included in the control information D33' of the ventilation device 2. Here, the control information D33' is information for controlling the ventilation apparatus 2 so that the operation indicated by the operation information D32 is performed. However, some of the generated reproduction control information may not be able to control the ventilation apparatus 2 so that the operation indicated by the operation information D32 is performed. For this reason, the learning data acquisition means 35 outputs the generated reproduction control information to the ventilation apparatus 2, and only reproduces the reproduction control information that can control the ventilation apparatus 2 so that the operation indicated by the operation information D32 is performed. It may also be acquired as D71. The learning data acquisition means 35 may acquire, as the learning data D71, only reproduction control information for which it is confirmed by the operation of the ventilation device 2 that the ventilation device 2 can be controlled so that the operation indicated by the operation information D32 is performed. .
　＜＜学習データＤ７１＞＞
　学習データＤ７１は、例えば図１４に示すように、後述の装置情報モデル８１を生成するための機械学習に用いられる。学習データＤ７１は、例えば入力データＤ７１１と、出力データＤ７１２と、を一組とするデータセットである。 <<Learning data D71>>
The learning data D71 is used for machine learning to generate a device information model 81, which will be described later, as shown in FIG. 14, for example. The learning data D71 is, for example, a data set including input data D711 and output data D712.
　＜入力データＤ７１１＞
　入力データＤ７１１は、装置情報モデル８１を生成するための機械学習に用いる学習データの一部として用いられる。入力データＤ７１１は、例えば予め取得された参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１を含む。 <Input data D711>
The input data D711 is used as part of the learning data used for machine learning to generate the device information model 81. The input data D711 includes, for example, reference control information D63-1 acquired in advance.
　＜出力データＤ７１２＞
　出力データＤ７１２は、装置情報モデル８１を生成するための機械学習に用いる学習データＤ７１の一部として用いられる。出力データＤ７１２は、例えば予め取得された参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１を含む。 <Output data D712>
The output data D712 is used as part of the learning data D71 used for machine learning to generate the device information model 81. The output data D712 includes, for example, reference device information D61-1 acquired in advance.
　学習データＤ７１に含まれる一組の入力データＤ７１１と出力データＤ７１２との組み合わせは、例えば入力データＤ７１１に含まれる参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１と、出力データＤ７１２に含まれる参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１とが紐づけられた組み合わせを含む。参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１と参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１とが紐づけられる組み合わせとしては、例えば換気装置２の型番「Ａ１２３」を制御するための信号情報「１０ＸＸＸ」を示す制御情報と、換気装置２の型番「Ａ１２３」を含む装置情報と、が紐づけられる。上記のほか、例えば型番「Ａ１２３」を制御するための信号情報「１０ＸＸＸ」を示す制御情報と、換気装置２の型番「Ａ１２３」のメーカー「Ａ社」を含む装置情報と、が紐づけられてもよい。 A combination of a set of input data D711 and output data D712 included in the learning data D71 is, for example, reference control information D63-1 included in the input data D711 and reference device information D61-1 included in the output data D712. Contains combinations in which these are linked. For example, a combination in which the reference control information D63-1 and the reference device information D61-1 are linked is control information indicating signal information "10XXX" for controlling the model number "A123" of the ventilation device 2, and ventilation Device information including the model number "A123" of device 2 is linked. In addition to the above, for example, control information indicating signal information "10XXX" for controlling model number "A123" and device information including manufacturer "Company A" of model number "A123" of ventilator 2 are linked. Good too.
　これらのような学習データＤ７１を用いて生成された装置情報モデル８１を用いることで、換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’に対応する装置情報Ｄ３１を特定することが可能となる。 By using the device information model 81 generated using learning data D71 such as these, it becomes possible to specify the device information D31 that corresponds to the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operating section 200.
　＜装置情報モデル生成ステップＳ１４０＞
　装置情報モデル生成ステップＳ１４０において、装置情報モデル生成手段３６は、学習データ取得手段３５が取得した学習データＤ７１に基づいて、機械学習により装置情報モデル８１を生成する。すなわち、学習データＤ７１を手配できない換気装置２に対応した学習モデルを生成できる。このため、多様な換気装置２の装置情報Ｄ３１を特定することができる。これにより、多様な換気装置２の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 <Device information model generation step S140>
In the device information model generation step S140, the device information model generation means 36 generates the device information model 81 by machine learning based on the learning data D71 acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35. That is, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with the ventilation device 2 for which the learning data D71 cannot be arranged. Therefore, the device information D31 of various ventilation devices 2 can be specified. Thereby, the convenience of various ventilation devices 2 can be improved.
　＜＜装置情報モデル８１＞＞
　装置情報モデル８１は、例えば学習データＤ７１を用いた機械学習により生成される。装置情報モデル８１は、例えば入力データＤ７１１と、出力データＤ７１２と、を一組とするデータセットを学習データＤ７１として、複数の学習データＤ７１を用いて生成される。装置情報モデル８１は、例えば第１データベース６１に記憶される。装置情報モデル８１は、例えば入力データＤ７１１を説明変数とし、出力データＤ７１２を目的変数として、回帰分析等により解析し、その解析結果に基づいて生成される回帰モデルを示す。 <<Device information model 81>>
The device information model 81 is generated, for example, by machine learning using the learning data D71. The device information model 81 is generated using a plurality of learning data D71, for example, a data set including input data D711 and output data D712 as the learning data D71. The device information model 81 is stored in the first database 61, for example. The device information model 81 is a regression model generated based on the analysis result, which is analyzed by regression analysis or the like using, for example, input data D711 as an explanatory variable and output data D712 as an objective variable.
　装置情報モデル８１は、例えば入力データＤ７１１と出力データＤ７１２との間における装置情報連関度を有する装置情報連関性８１０を含む。装置情報連関性８１０は、例えば複数の学習データＤ７１を用いた機械学習により生成されてもよい。装置情報連関度は、入力データＤ７１１と出力データＤ７１２との繋がりの度合いを示しており、例えば装置情報連関度が高いほど各データの繋がりが強いと判断することができる。装置情報連関度は、例えば百分率等の３値以上（３段階以上）で示されるほか、２値以上（２段階以上）で示されてもよい。 The device information model 81 includes, for example, a device information relationship 810 having a degree of device information relationship between input data D711 and output data D712. The device information association 810 may be generated, for example, by machine learning using a plurality of learning data D71. The device information association degree indicates the degree of connection between the input data D711 and the output data D712, and for example, it can be determined that the higher the device information association degree is, the stronger the connection between each piece of data is. The device information association degree may be expressed in three or more values (three or more levels) such as a percentage, or may be expressed in two or more values (two or more levels).
　装置情報連関性８１０は、例えば多対多の情報（複数の入力データＤ７１１、対、複数の出力データＤ７１２）の間における繋がりの度合いにより構築される。装置情報連関性８１０は、機械学習の過程で適宜更新され、例えば複数の入力データＤ７１１、及び複数の出力データＤ７１２に基づいて最適化された関数（分類器）を示す。なお、装置情報連関性８１０は、例えば各データの間における繋がりの度合いを示す複数の装置情報連関度を有してもよい。装置情報連関度は、例えばデータベースがニューラルネットワークで構築される場合、重み変数に対応させることができる。 The device information relationship 810 is constructed based on the degree of connection between, for example, many-to-many information (a plurality of input data D711, a pair, and a plurality of output data D712). The device information association 810 is updated as appropriate in the process of machine learning, and indicates a function (classifier) that is optimized based on, for example, a plurality of input data D711 and a plurality of output data D712. Note that the device information association 810 may include, for example, a plurality of device information association degrees that indicate the degree of connection between each piece of data. For example, when a database is constructed using a neural network, the device information association degree can be made to correspond to a weight variable.
　このため、換気制御システム１では、例えば分類器の判定した結果を全て踏まえた装置情報連関性８１０を用いて、入力データＤ７１１に適した出力データＤ７１２を選択する。これにより、入力データＤ７１１が、出力データＤ７１２と同一又は類似である場合のほか、非類似である場合においても、入力データＤ７１１に適した出力データＤ７１２を定量的に選択することができる。 Therefore, the ventilation control system 1 selects the output data D712 suitable for the input data D711, for example, using the device information association 810 based on all the results determined by the classifier. As a result, output data D712 suitable for input data D711 can be quantitatively selected not only when input data D711 is the same or similar to output data D712, but also when they are dissimilar.
　装置情報連関性８１０は、例えば複数の入力データＤ７１１と、複数の出力データＤ７１２との間における繋がりの度合いを示してもよい。この場合、装置情報連関性８１０を用いることで、複数の入力データＤ７１１（例えば入力データＡ、入力データＢ）のそれぞれに対し、複数の出力データＤ７１２（例えば出力データＡ、出力データＢ）の関係の度合いを紐づけて記憶させることができる。このため、例えば装置情報連関性８１０を介して、１つの出力データＤ７１２に対して、複数の入力データＤ７１１を紐づけることができる。これにより、入力データＤ７１１に対して多角的な出力データＤ７１２の選択を実現することができる。 The device information relationship 810 may indicate, for example, the degree of connection between the plurality of input data D711 and the plurality of output data D712. In this case, by using the device information relationship 810, the relationship between a plurality of output data D712 (for example, output data A, output data B) with respect to each of a plurality of input data D711 (for example, input data A, input data B). It is possible to associate and store the degree of Therefore, for example, a plurality of input data D711 can be linked to one output data D712 via the device information association 810. Thereby, it is possible to realize a multifaceted selection of output data D712 with respect to input data D711.
　装置情報連関性８１０は、例えば各入力データＤ７１１と、各出力データＤ７１２とをそれぞれ紐づける複数の装置情報連関度を有する。装置情報連関度は、例えば百分率、１０段階、又は５段階等の３段階以上で示され、例えば線の特徴（例えば太さ等）で示される。例えば、入力データＤ７１１に含まれる「入力データＡ」は、出力データＤ７１２に含まれる「出力データＡ」との間の装置情報連関度ＡＡ「７３％」を示し、出力データＤ７１２に含まれる「出力データＢ」との間の装置情報連関度ＡＢ「１２％」を示す。すなわち、「装置情報連関度」は、各データ間における繋がりの度合いを示しており、例えば装置情報連関度が高いほど、各データの繋がりが強いことを示す。 The device information association 810 has, for example, a plurality of device information association degrees that respectively link each input data D711 and each output data D712. The device information association degree is expressed in three or more levels, such as a percentage, 10 levels, or 5 levels, and is expressed, for example, as line characteristics (such as thickness). For example, the "input data A" included in the input data D711 indicates the device information correlation degree AA "73%" with the "output data A" included in the output data D712, and the "output data A" included in the output data D712 The device information correlation degree AB with "data B" is "12%". That is, the "device information association degree" indicates the degree of connection between each piece of data; for example, the higher the device information association degree, the stronger the connection between each piece of data.
　また装置情報連関性８１０は、入力データＤ７１１と出力データＤ７１２との間に少なくとも１以上の隠れ層が設けられてもよい。入力データＤ７１１又は隠れ層データの何れか一方又は両方において上述した装置情報連関度が設定され、これが各データの重み付けとなり、これに基づいて出力の選択が行われる。そして、この装置情報連関度がある閾値を超えた場合に、その出力を選択するようにしてもよい。 Furthermore, in the device information association 810, at least one hidden layer may be provided between the input data D711 and the output data D712. The above-mentioned device information association degree is set in either or both of the input data D711 and the hidden layer data, and this becomes the weighting of each data, and the output is selected based on this. Then, when this degree of device information association exceeds a certain threshold value, the output may be selected.
　装置情報モデル８１は、例えば複数の学習データＤ７１を用いた機械学習により生成された、学習済みモデルを含んでもよい。学習済みモデルは、例えばＣＮＮ（Convolutional Neural Network）等のニューラルネットワークモデルを示すほか、ＳＶＭ（Support vector machine）等を示す。また、機械学習として、例えば深層学習を用いることができる。機械学習として、例えば敵対的生成ネットワーク（ＧＡＮ：Generative adversarial network）を用いることで、入力データＤ７１１を疑似的に生成してもよい。 The device information model 81 may include a learned model generated by machine learning using a plurality of learning data D71, for example. The trained models include, for example, neural network models such as CNN (Convolutional Neural Network), SVM (Support Vector Machine), and the like. Further, as machine learning, for example, deep learning can be used. The input data D711 may be generated in a pseudo manner by using, for example, a generative adversarial network (GAN) as machine learning.
　これらのような装置情報連関性８１０を含む装置情報モデル８１を用いることで、換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’に対応する装置情報Ｄ３１を特定することが可能となる。 By using the device information model 81 including device information relationships 810 such as these, it becomes possible to specify the device information D31 that corresponds to the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operating section 200.
　＜装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０＞
　装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０において、装置情報特定手段３３は、装置情報モデル生成ステップＳ１４０において、装置情報モデル生成手段３６が生成した装置情報モデル８１を参照した上で、換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’に対応する装置情報Ｄ３１を特定する。このため、換気装置２の装置情報Ｄ３１の特定精度を向上させることができる。これにより、換気装置２の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 <Device information specification step S110>
In the device information specifying step S110, the device information specifying means 33 refers to the device information model 81 generated by the device information model generating means 36 in the device information model generating step S140, and then determines the control acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200. Device information D31 corresponding to information D33' is specified. Therefore, the accuracy of identifying the device information D31 of the ventilation device 2 can be improved. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
　なお、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の動作の説明についても、温度調節制御システムの動作の説明に置き換えることができる。温度調節制御システムの動作は、例えば換気制御システム１の動作と同様に、学習データ取得ステップＳ１３０と、装置情報モデル生成ステップＳ１４０と、をさらに有してもよい。 Note that the explanation of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment can also be replaced with the explanation of the operation of the temperature adjustment control system. The operation of the temperature adjustment control system may further include, for example, similarly to the operation of the ventilation control system 1, a learning data acquisition step S130 and an apparatus information model generation step S140.
　学習データ取得ステップＳ１３０において、温度調節装置の学習データ取得手段３５は、温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’を再現して生成し、温度調節装置に対して出力した再現制御情報のうち、当該温度調節装置の操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御が可能な再現制御情報と、当該温度調節装置の装置情報Ｄ３１と、を含む学習データＤ７１を取得する。 In the learning data acquisition step S130, the learning data acquisition means 35 of the temperature adjustment device reproduces and generates the control information D33' acquired from the temperature adjustment device operating section, and selects among the reproduced control information output to the temperature adjustment device. , acquires learning data D71 including reproduction control information that allows control corresponding to the operation information D32 of the temperature adjustment device, and device information D31 of the temperature adjustment device.
　装置情報モデル生成ステップＳ１４０において、温度調節装置の装置情報モデル生成手段３６は、学習データ取得手段３５が取得した学習データＤ７１に基づいて、機械学習により装置情報モデル８１を生成する。すなわち、学習データＤ７１を手配できない温度調節装置に対応した学習モデルを生成できる。このため、多様な温度調節装置の装置情報Ｄ３１を特定することができる。これにより、多様な温度調節装置の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 In the device information model generation step S140, the device information model generation means 36 of the temperature adjustment device generates the device information model 81 by machine learning based on the learning data D71 acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35. That is, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with a temperature control device for which learning data D71 cannot be arranged. Therefore, device information D31 of various temperature control devices can be specified. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of various temperature control devices.
　装置情報特定ステップＳ１１０において、温度調節装置の装置情報特定手段３３は、装置情報モデル生成ステップＳ１４０において、装置情報モデル生成手段３６が生成した装置情報モデル８１を参照した上で、温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’に対応する装置情報Ｄ３１を特定する。このため、温度調節装置の装置情報Ｄ３１の特定精度を向上させることができる。これにより、温度調節装置の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 In the device information specifying step S110, the device information specifying means 33 of the temperature control device refers to the device information model 81 generated by the device information model generating device 36 in the device information model generation step S140, and then determines the temperature control device operating unit. The device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the control information D33' is specified. Therefore, the accuracy of identifying the device information D31 of the temperature control device can be improved. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be further improved.
　本実施形態によれば、換気制御装置３の装置情報特定手段３３は、参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－１を含む入力データＤ７１１と、参照用装置情報Ｄ６１－１を含む出力データＤ７１２と、を一組とするデータセットを学習データＤ７１として用いて、機械学習により生成される装置情報モデル８１を参照した上で、換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’に対応する装置情報Ｄ３１を特定する。このため、換気装置２の装置情報Ｄ３１の特定精度を向上させることができる。これにより、換気装置２の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 According to this embodiment, the device information specifying means 33 of the ventilation control device 3 sets a set of input data D711 including reference control information D63-1 and output data D712 including reference device information D61-1. Using the dataset as the learning data D71 and referring to the device information model 81 generated by machine learning, the device information D31 corresponding to the control information D33' acquired from the ventilator operation unit 200 is specified. Therefore, the accuracy of identifying the device information D31 of the ventilation device 2 can be improved. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
　本実施形態によれば、換気制御システム１は、換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’を再現し、換気装置２に対して出力した再現制御情報のうち、当該換気装置２の操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御が可能な再現制御情報と、当該換気装置２の装置情報Ｄ３１と、を含む学習データＤ７１を取得する学習データ取得手段３５と、学習データ取得手段３５が取得した学習データＤ７１に基づいて、機械学習により装置情報モデル８１を生成する装置情報モデル生成手段３６と、をさらに備える。すなわち、学習データを手配できない換気装置２に対応した学習モデルを生成できる。このため、多様な換気装置２の装置情報Ｄ３１を特定することができる。これにより、多様な換気装置２の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the present embodiment, the ventilation control system 1 reproduces the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200, and out of the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device 2, the ventilation control system 1 reproduces the operation information of the ventilation device 2. A learning data acquisition means 35 that acquires learning data D71 including reproduction control information capable of controlling D32 and device information D31 of the ventilation device 2; and learning data D71 acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35. The apparatus further includes a device information model generation means 36 that generates a device information model 81 by machine learning based on the above information. That is, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with the ventilation device 2 for which learning data cannot be arranged. Therefore, the device information D31 of various ventilation devices 2 can be specified. Thereby, the convenience of various ventilation devices 2 can be improved.
（第３実施形態：換気制御システム１）
　図１５を参照して、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の一例を説明する。図１５は、本実施形態における換気制御装置３の詳細な構成の一例を示す模式図である。本実施形態は、換気制御装置３が学習データ取得手段３５と制御情報モデル生成手段３７とをさらに備え、設定手段３４が学習モデルを参照した上で、操作情報Ｄ３２と、当該操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御情報Ｄ３３と、を取得する点で、第１実施形態とは異なる。なお、上述の内容と同様の構成については、説明を省略する。 (Third embodiment: ventilation control system 1)
An example of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 15. FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a detailed configuration of the ventilation control device 3 in this embodiment. In this embodiment, the ventilation control device 3 further includes a learning data acquisition means 35 and a control information model generation means 37, and the setting means 34 refers to the learning model and then generates the operation information D32 and responds to the operation information D32. This embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the control information D33 is acquired. Note that the description of the same configurations as those described above will be omitted.
　＜換気制御装置３＞
　換気制御装置３は、例えば図１５に示すように、学習データ取得手段３５と、制御情報モデル生成手段３７と、をさらに備える。 <Ventilation control device 3>
The ventilation control device 3 further includes a learning data acquisition means 35 and a control information model generation means 37, as shown in FIG. 15, for example.
　＜設定手段３４＞
　設定手段３４は、例えば第２データベース６２に予め記憶される学習モデルを参照した上で、装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と、当該操作情報に対応する制御情報と、を取得する。設定手段３４は、取得した操作情報と制御情報とを、換気制御装置３に設定する。 <Setting means 34>
The setting means 34 refers to a learning model stored in advance in the second database 62, for example, and sets operation information according to the device information specified by the device information specifying means 33, control information corresponding to the operation information, get. The setting means 34 sets the acquired operation information and control information in the ventilation control device 3.
＜学習データ取得手段３５＞
　学習データ取得手段３５は、例えば取得した制御情報を再現制御情報として再現して生成し、生成した再現制御情報を含む制御情報と、換気装置の操作情報と、を学習データとして取得する。 <Learning data acquisition means 35>
The learning data acquisition means 35 reproduces and generates the acquired control information as reproduction control information, for example, and acquires control information including the generated reproduction control information and operation information of the ventilation apparatus as learning data.
　＜制御情報モデル生成手段３７＞
　制御情報モデル生成手段３７は、例えば学習データ取得手段３５が取得した学習データに基づいて、機械学習により学習モデルを生成する。制御情報モデル生成手段３７は、例えば学習データ取得手段３５が取得した、再現制御情報と、操作情報と、を含む学習データに基づいて、後述の制御情報モデルを生成する。 <Control information model generation means 37>
The control information model generation means 37 generates a learning model by machine learning, for example, based on the learning data acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35. The control information model generation means 37 generates a control information model, which will be described later, based on learning data including reproduction control information and operation information, which are acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35, for example.
　なお、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の構成の説明についても、温度調節制御システムの構成の説明に置き換えることができる。温度調節制御装置は、例えば換気制御装置３と同様に、上述の学習データ取得手段３５と、制御情報モデル生成手段３７と、をさらに備える。 Note that the description of the configuration of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment can also be replaced with the description of the configuration of the temperature adjustment control system. The temperature adjustment control device, for example, similarly to the ventilation control device 3, further includes the above-described learning data acquisition means 35 and control information model generation means 37.
（第３実施形態：換気制御システム１の動作の一例）
　次に、図１６～図１７を参照して、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の動作の一例を説明する。図１６は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の動作の一例を示すフローチャートである。図１７は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１に関連する学習モデルの学習方法の一例を示す模式図である。 (Third embodiment: Example of operation of ventilation control system 1)
Next, an example of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 17. FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment. FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a learning method of a learning model related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
　換気制御システム１の動作は、例えば図１６に示すように、学習データ取得ステップＳ１３０と、制御情報モデル生成ステップＳ１５０と、をさらに含む。 The operation of the ventilation control system 1 further includes a learning data acquisition step S130 and a control information model generation step S150, as shown in FIG. 16, for example.
　＜学習データ取得ステップＳ１３０＞
　学習データ取得ステップＳ１３０において、学習データ取得手段３５は、換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’を再現して生成し、換気装置２に対して出力した再現制御情報のうち、当該換気装置２の操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御が可能な再現制御情報と、当該換気装置２の操作情報Ｄ３２と、を含む学習データＤ７２を取得する。 <Learning data acquisition step S130>
In the learning data acquisition step S130, the learning data acquisition means 35 reproduces and generates the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200, and selects the relevant ventilation device from among the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device 2. Learning data D72 including reproduction control information that allows control corresponding to the operation information D32 of No. 2 and operation information D32 of the ventilation device 2 is acquired.
　＜＜学習データＤ７２＞＞
　学習データＤ７２は、例えば図１７に示すように、後述の制御情報モデル８２を生成するための機械学習に用いられる。学習データＤ７２は、例えば入力データＤ７２１と、出力データＤ７２２と、を一組とするデータセットである。 <<Learning data D72>>
The learning data D72 is used for machine learning to generate a control information model 82, which will be described later, as shown in FIG. 17, for example. The learning data D72 is, for example, a data set including input data D721 and output data D722.
　＜入力データＤ７２１＞
　入力データＤ７２１は、制御情報モデル８２を生成するための機械学習に用いる学習データの一部として用いられる。入力データＤ７２１は、例えば予め取得された参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２を含む。 <Input data D721>
The input data D721 is used as part of learning data used for machine learning to generate the control information model 82. The input data D721 includes, for example, reference operation information D62-2 acquired in advance.
　＜出力データＤ７２２＞
　出力データＤ７２２は、制御情報モデル８２を生成するための機械学習に用いる学習データＤ７２の一部として用いられる。出力データＤ７２２は、例えば予め取得された参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－２を含む。 <Output data D722>
The output data D722 is used as part of the learning data D72 used for machine learning to generate the control information model 82. The output data D722 includes, for example, reference control information D63-2 acquired in advance.
　学習データＤ７２に含まれる一組の入力データＤ７２１と出力データＤ７２２との組み合わせは、例えば入力データＤ７２１に含まれる参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２と、出力データＤ７２２に含まれる参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－２とが紐づけられた組み合わせを含む。参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２と参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－２とが紐づけられる組み合わせとしては、例えば換気装置２の型番「Ａ１２３」を「起動」する操作内容を示す操作情報と、換気装置２の型番「Ａ１２３」を「起動」する制御をするための信号情報「１０ＸＸＸ」を示す制御情報と、が紐づけられる。 A combination of a set of input data D721 and output data D722 included in the learning data D72 is, for example, reference operation information D62-2 included in the input data D721 and reference control information D63-2 included in the output data D722. Contains combinations in which these are linked. An example of a combination in which the reference operation information D62-2 and the reference control information D63-2 are linked is operation information indicating the operation content of "starting" the model number "A123" of the ventilation device 2, and Control information indicating signal information "10XXX" for controlling "activation" of model number "A123" is linked.
　これらのような学習データＤ７２を用いて生成された制御情報モデル８２を用いることで、装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報Ｄ３１に応じた操作情報Ｄ３２と、当該操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御情報Ｄ３３と、を取得することが可能となる。 By using the control information model 82 generated using the learning data D72, the operation information D32 corresponding to the device information D31 specified by the device information specifying means 33 and the control information corresponding to the operation information D32 can be obtained. It becomes possible to obtain D33.
　＜制御情報モデル生成ステップＳ１５０＞
　制御情報モデル生成ステップＳ１５０において、制御情報モデル生成手段３７は、学習データ取得手段３５が取得した学習データＤ７２に基づいて、機械学習により制御情報モデル８２を生成する。すなわち、学習データを手配できない換気装置２に対応した学習モデルを生成できる。このため、換気装置２の制御情報Ｄ３３が不明な場合でも、より正確な制御情報Ｄ３３を新たに生成することができる。これにより、より多様な換気装置２の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 <Control information model generation step S150>
In the control information model generation step S150, the control information model generation means 37 generates the control information model 82 by machine learning based on the learning data D72 acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35. That is, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with the ventilation device 2 for which learning data cannot be arranged. Therefore, even if the control information D33 of the ventilation device 2 is unknown, more accurate control information D33 can be newly generated. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of the ventilation device 2 in more variety.
　＜＜制御情報モデル８２＞＞
　制御情報モデル８２は、例えば学習データＤ７２を用いた機械学習により生成される。制御情報モデル８２は、例えば入力データＤ７２１と、出力データＤ７２２と、を一組とするデータセットを学習データＤ７２として、複数の学習データＤ７２を用いて生成される。制御情報モデル８２は、例えば第２データベース６２に記憶される。制御情報モデル８２は、例えば入力データＤ７２１を説明変数とし、出力データＤ７２２を目的変数として、回帰分析等により解析し、その解析結果に基づいて生成される回帰モデルを示す。 <<Control information model 82>>
The control information model 82 is generated, for example, by machine learning using the learning data D72. The control information model 82 is generated using a plurality of learning data D72, for example, using a data set including input data D721 and output data D722 as the learning data D72. The control information model 82 is stored in the second database 62, for example. The control information model 82 is a regression model generated based on the analysis result, which is analyzed by regression analysis or the like using, for example, input data D721 as an explanatory variable and output data D722 as an objective variable.
　制御情報モデル８２は、例えば入力データＤ７２１と出力データＤ７２２との間における制御情報連関度を有する制御情報連関性８２０を含む。制御情報連関性８２０は、例えば複数の学習データＤ７２を用いた機械学習により生成されてもよい。制御情報連関度は、入力データＤ７２１と出力データＤ７２２との繋がりの度合いを示しており、例えば制御情報連関度が高いほど各データの繋がりが強いと判断することができる。制御情報連関度は、例えば百分率等の３値以上（３段階以上）で示されるほか、２値以上（２段階以上）で示されてもよい。 The control information model 82 includes, for example, a control information association 820 having a control information association degree between input data D721 and output data D722. The control information association 820 may be generated, for example, by machine learning using a plurality of learning data D72. The degree of control information association indicates the degree of connection between the input data D721 and the output data D722, and for example, it can be determined that the higher the degree of control information association, the stronger the connection between each data. The degree of control information association may be expressed in three or more values (three or more levels) such as a percentage, or may be expressed in two or more values (two or more levels).
　制御情報連関性８２０は、例えば多対多の情報（複数の入力データＤ７２１、対、複数の出力データＤ７２２）の間における繋がりの度合いにより構築される。制御情報連関性８２０は、機械学習の過程で適宜更新され、例えば複数の入力データＤ７２１、及び複数の出力データＤ７２２に基づいて最適化された関数（分類器）を示す。なお、制御情報連関性８２０は、例えば各データの間における繋がりの度合いを示す複数の制御情報連関度を有してもよい。制御情報連関度は、例えばデータベースがニューラルネットワークで構築される場合、重み変数に対応させることができる。 The control information association 820 is constructed based on the degree of connection between, for example, many-to-many information (a plurality of input data D721, a pair, and a plurality of output data D722). The control information association 820 is updated as appropriate in the process of machine learning, and indicates a function (classifier) that is optimized based on, for example, a plurality of input data D721 and a plurality of output data D722. Note that the control information association 820 may have, for example, a plurality of control information association degrees that indicate the degree of connection between each piece of data. For example, when a database is constructed using a neural network, the degree of control information association can be made to correspond to a weight variable.
　このため、換気制御システム１では、例えば分類器の判定した結果を全て踏まえた制御情報連関性８２０を用いて、入力データＤ７２１に適した出力データＤ７２２を選択する。これにより、入力データＤ７２１が、出力データＤ７２２と同一又は類似である場合のほか、非類似である場合においても、入力データＤ７２１に適した出力データＤ７２２を定量的に選択することができる。 Therefore, the ventilation control system 1 selects the output data D722 suitable for the input data D721, for example, using the control information association 820 based on all the results determined by the classifier. With this, it is possible to quantitatively select output data D722 suitable for input data D721, not only when input data D721 is the same as or similar to output data D722, but also when they are dissimilar.
　制御情報連関性８２０は、例えば複数の入力データＤ７２１と、複数の出力データＤ７２２との間における繋がりの度合いを示してもよい。この場合、制御情報連関性８２０を用いることで、複数の入力データＤ７２１（例えば入力データＡ、入力データＢ）のそれぞれに対し、複数の出力データＤ７２２（例えば出力データＡ、出力データＢ）の関係の度合いを紐づけて記憶させることができる。このため、例えば制御情報連関性８２０を介して、１つの出力データＤ７２２に対して、複数の入力データＤ７２１を紐づけることができる。これにより、入力データＤ７２１に対して多角的な出力データＤ７２２の選択を実現することができる。 The control information relationship 820 may indicate, for example, the degree of connection between the plurality of input data D721 and the plurality of output data D722. In this case, by using the control information association 820, the relationship between a plurality of output data D722 (for example, output data A, output data B) with respect to each of a plurality of input data D721 (for example, input data A, input data B) It is possible to associate and store the degree of Therefore, for example, a plurality of input data D721 can be linked to one output data D722 via the control information association 820. Thereby, it is possible to realize a multifaceted selection of output data D722 with respect to input data D721.
　制御情報連関性８２０は、例えば各入力データＤ７２１と、各出力データＤ７２２とをそれぞれ紐づける複数の制御情報連関度を有する。制御情報連関度は、例えば百分率、１０段階、又は５段階等の３段階以上で示され、例えば線の特徴（例えば太さ等）で示される。例えば、入力データＤ７２１に含まれる「入力データＡ」は、出力データＤ７２２に含まれる「出力データＡ」との間の制御情報連関度ＡＡ「７３％」を示し、出力データＤ７２２に含まれる「出力データＢ」との間の制御情報連関度ＡＢ「１２％」を示す。すなわち、「制御情報連関度」は、各データ間における繋がりの度合いを示しており、例えば制御情報連関度が高いほど、各データの繋がりが強いことを示す。 The control information association 820 has, for example, a plurality of control information association degrees that respectively link each input data D721 and each output data D722. The degree of control information association is expressed in three or more levels, such as a percentage, 10 levels, or 5 levels, and is expressed, for example, as line characteristics (such as thickness). For example, the "input data A" included in the input data D721 indicates the control information correlation degree AA "73%" with the "output data A" included in the output data D722, and the "output data A" included in the output data D722 The control information association degree AB with "data B" is "12%". That is, the "control information association degree" indicates the degree of connection between each piece of data, and for example, the higher the control information association degree, the stronger the connection between each piece of data.
　また制御情報連関性８２０は、入力データＤ７２１と出力データＤ７２２との間に少なくとも１以上の隠れ層が設けられてもよい。入力データＤ７２１又は隠れ層データの何れか一方又は両方において上述した制御情報連関度が設定され、これが各データの重み付けとなり、これに基づいて出力の選択が行われる。そして、この制御情報連関度がある閾値を超えた場合に、その出力を選択するようにしてもよい。 Furthermore, in the control information association 820, at least one hidden layer may be provided between the input data D721 and the output data D722. The above-described control information association degree is set in either or both of the input data D721 or the hidden layer data, and this serves as a weighting for each data, and output selection is performed based on this. Then, when this degree of control information association exceeds a certain threshold value, the output may be selected.
　制御情報モデル８２は、例えば複数の学習データＤ７２を用いた機械学習により生成された、学習済みモデルを含んでもよい。学習済みモデルは、例えばＣＮＮ（Convolutional Neural Network）等のニューラルネットワークモデルを示すほか、ＳＶＭ（Support vector machine）等を示す。また、機械学習として、例えば深層学習を用いることができる。機械学習として、例えば敵対的生成ネットワーク（ＧＡＮ：Generative adversarial network）を用いることで、入力データＤ７２１を疑似的に生成してもよい。 The control information model 82 may include a learned model generated, for example, by machine learning using a plurality of learning data D72. The trained models include, for example, neural network models such as CNN (Convolutional Neural Network), SVM (Support Vector Machine), and the like. Further, as machine learning, for example, deep learning can be used. The input data D721 may be generated in a pseudo manner by using, for example, a generative adversarial network (GAN) as machine learning.
　これらのような制御情報連関性８２０を含む制御情報モデル８２を用いることで、装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報Ｄ３１に応じた操作情報Ｄ３２と、当該操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御情報Ｄ３３と、を取得することが可能となる。 By using the control information model 82 including these control information relationships 820, the operation information D32 corresponding to the device information D31 specified by the device information specifying means 33, and the control information D33 corresponding to the operation information D32. , it becomes possible to obtain.
　＜設定ステップＳ１２０＞
　設定ステップＳ１２０において、設定手段３４は、制御情報モデル生成ステップＳ１５０において、制御情報モデル生成手段３７が生成した制御情報モデル８２を参照した上で、装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報Ｄ３１に応じた操作情報Ｄ３２と、当該操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御情報Ｄ３３と、を取得する。この場合、換気装置２の制御情報Ｄ３３が不明な場合でも、制御情報Ｄ３３を新たに生成することができる。これにより、多様な換気装置２の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 <Setting step S120>
In the setting step S120, the setting means 34 refers to the control information model 82 generated by the control information model generating means 37 in the control information model generating step S150, and then performs the following according to the device information D31 specified by the device information specifying means 33. The operation information D32 and the control information D33 corresponding to the operation information D32 are acquired. In this case, even if the control information D33 of the ventilation device 2 is unknown, the control information D33 can be newly generated. Thereby, the convenience of various ventilation devices 2 can be improved.
　なお、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の動作の説明についても、温度調節制御システムの動作の説明に置き換えることができる。温度調節制御システムの動作は、例えば換気制御システム１の動作と同様に、学習データ取得ステップＳ１３０と、制御情報モデル生成ステップＳ１５０と、をさらに有してもよい。 Note that the explanation of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment can also be replaced with the explanation of the operation of the temperature adjustment control system. The operation of the temperature adjustment control system may further include, for example, similarly to the operation of the ventilation control system 1, a learning data acquisition step S130 and a control information model generation step S150.
　学習データ取得ステップＳ１３０において、温度調節制御装置の学習データ取得手段３５は、温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’を再現して生成し、温度調節装置に対して出力した再現制御情報のうち、当該温度調節装置の操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御が可能な再現制御情報と、当該温度調節装置の操作情報Ｄ３２と、を含む学習データＤ７２を取得する。 In the learning data acquisition step S130, the learning data acquisition means 35 of the temperature adjustment control device reproduces and generates the control information D33' acquired from the temperature adjustment device operating section, and reproduces the reproduction control information output to the temperature adjustment device. Of these, learning data D72 including reproduction control information that allows control corresponding to the operation information D32 of the temperature adjustment device and operation information D32 of the temperature adjustment device is acquired.
　制御情報モデル生成ステップＳ１５０において、温度調節制御装置の制御情報モデル生成手段３７は、学習データ取得手段３５が取得した学習データＤ７２に基づいて、機械学習により制御情報モデル８２を生成する。すなわち、学習データを手配できない温度調節装置に対応した学習モデルを生成できる。このため、温度調節装置の制御情報Ｄ３３が不明な場合でも、より正確な制御情報Ｄ３３を新たに生成することができる。これにより、より多様な温度調節装置の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 In the control information model generation step S150, the control information model generation means 37 of the temperature adjustment control device generates the control information model 82 by machine learning based on the learning data D72 acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35. That is, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with a temperature control device for which learning data cannot be arranged. Therefore, even if the control information D33 of the temperature adjustment device is unknown, more accurate control information D33 can be newly generated. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of a wider variety of temperature control devices.
　設定ステップＳ１２０において、温度調節制御装置の設定手段３４は、制御情報モデル生成ステップＳ１５０において、制御情報モデル生成手段３７が生成した制御情報モデル８２を参照した上で、装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報Ｄ３１に応じた操作情報Ｄ３２と、当該操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御情報Ｄ３３と、を取得する。この場合、温度調節装置の制御情報Ｄ３３が不明な場合でも、制御情報Ｄ３３を新たに生成することができる。これにより、多様な温度調節装置の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 In the setting step S120, the setting means 34 of the temperature adjustment control device refers to the control information model 82 generated by the control information model generating means 37 in the control information model generating step S150, and then specifies the information specified by the device information specifying means 33. Operation information D32 corresponding to the device information D31 and control information D33 corresponding to the operation information D32 are acquired. In this case, even if the control information D33 of the temperature adjustment device is unknown, the control information D33 can be newly generated. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of various temperature control devices.
　本実施形態によれば、設定手段３４は、参照用操作情報Ｄ６２－２を含む入力データＤ７２１と、参照用制御情報Ｄ６３－２を含む出力データＤ７２２と、を一組とするデータセットを学習データＤ７２として用いて、機械学習により生成される制御情報モデル８２を参照した上で、装置情報特定手段３３が特定した装置情報Ｄ３１に応じた操作情報Ｄ３２と、当該操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御情報Ｄ３３と、を取得する。このため、換気装置２の制御情報Ｄ３３が不明な場合でも、制御情報Ｄ３３を新たに生成することができる。これにより、多様な換気装置２の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 According to this embodiment, the setting means 34 sets the data set including the input data D721 including the reference operation information D62-2 and the output data D722 including the reference control information D63-2 as the learning data. Operation information D32 corresponding to the device information D31 specified by the device information specifying means 33 after referring to the control information model 82 generated by machine learning as D72, and control information D33 corresponding to the operation information D32. and get . Therefore, even if the control information D33 of the ventilation device 2 is unknown, the control information D33 can be newly generated. Thereby, the convenience of various ventilation devices 2 can be improved.
　本実施形態によれば、換気制御システム１は、換気装置操作部２００から取得した制御情報Ｄ３３’を再現し、換気装置２に対して出力した再現制御情報のうち、当該換気装置２の操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御が可能な再現制御情報と、当該操作情報Ｄ３２と、を含む学習データＤ７２を取得する学習データ取得手段３５と、学習データ取得手段３５が取得した学習データＤ７２に基づいて、機械学習により制御情報モデル８２を生成する制御情報モデル生成手段３７と、をさらに備える。すなわち、学習データを手配できない換気装置２に対応した学習モデルを生成できる。このため、換気装置２の制御情報Ｄ３３が不明な場合でも、より正確な制御情報Ｄ３３を新たに生成することができる。これにより、より多様な換気装置２の利便性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the present embodiment, the ventilation control system 1 reproduces the control information D33' acquired from the ventilation device operation unit 200, and out of the reproduction control information output to the ventilation device 2, the ventilation control system 1 reproduces the operation information of the ventilation device 2. Based on the learning data D72 acquired by the learning data acquisition means 35, the machine It further includes control information model generation means 37 that generates the control information model 82 through learning. That is, it is possible to generate a learning model compatible with the ventilation device 2 for which learning data cannot be arranged. Therefore, even if the control information D33 of the ventilation device 2 is unknown, more accurate control information D33 can be newly generated. Thereby, it is possible to improve the convenience of the ventilation device 2 in more variety.
（第４実施形態：換気制御システム１）
　図１８～図１９を参照して、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の一例を説明する。図１８～図１９は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の構成の一例を示す模式図である。本実施形態は、換気制御システム１が、情報取得手段４１と、判定手段３８と、をさらに備える点で、第１実施形態とは異なる。なお、上述の内容と同様の構成については、説明を省略する。 (Fourth embodiment: ventilation control system 1)
An example of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 18 and 19. 18 to 19 are schematic diagrams showing an example of the configuration of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment. This embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the ventilation control system 1 further includes an information acquisition means 41 and a determination means 38. Note that the description of the same configurations as those described above will be omitted.
　＜換気制御システム１＞
　換気制御システム１は、例えば図１８（ａ）に示すように、各種情報を取得する情報取得手段４１と、換気装置２の制御の必要度合を判定する判定手段３８と、をさらに備える。換気制御システム１は、各種情報又は制御条件等を記憶するためのデータサーバ９と、換気制御システム１を管理するための管理設定手段４２と、をさらに備えてもよい。 <Ventilation control system 1>
The ventilation control system 1 further includes an information acquisition unit 41 that acquires various information, and a determination unit 38 that determines the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilation device 2, as shown in FIG. 18(a), for example. The ventilation control system 1 may further include a data server 9 for storing various information or control conditions, etc., and a management setting means 42 for managing the ventilation control system 1.
　＜情報取得手段４１＞
　情報取得手段４１は、各種情報を取得する。情報取得手段４１は、例えば図１８（ｂ）に示すように、室内情報を取得する室内情報取得手段４１１と、外部情報を取得する外部情報取得手段４１２と、実績情報を取得する実績情報取得手段４１３と、室内センサ情報を取得する室内センサ情報取得手段４１４と、室外センサ情報を取得する室外センサ情報取得手段４１５と、を含む。各種情報の詳細については、後述にて説明する。情報取得手段４１は、換気制御装置３とは区別して設けられてもよく、換気制御装置３に設けられてもよい。情報取得手段４１は、換気制御装置３と区別して設けられる場合、例えば換気制御装置３と同様に公知のシングルボードコンピュータが搭載され、ＣＰＵがＲＡＭを作業領域として、ＲＯＭ等に記憶されたプログラムを実行することにより動作してもよい。 <Information acquisition means 41>
The information acquisition means 41 acquires various information. The information acquisition means 41 includes, for example, as shown in FIG. 18(b), an indoor information acquisition means 411 that acquires indoor information, an external information acquisition means 412 that acquires external information, and a performance information acquisition means that acquires performance information. 413, indoor sensor information acquisition means 414 that acquires indoor sensor information, and outdoor sensor information acquisition means 415 that acquires outdoor sensor information. Details of the various information will be explained later. The information acquisition means 41 may be provided separately from the ventilation control device 3, or may be provided in the ventilation control device 3. When the information acquisition means 41 is provided separately from the ventilation control device 3, for example, it is equipped with a known single board computer like the ventilation control device 3, and the CPU uses the RAM as a work area and reads programs stored in the ROM or the like. It may also work by executing.
　情報取得手段４１は、例えば取得した各種情報を任意の通信機器に送信するための無線通信制御ユニット４１０を有してもよい。無線通信制御ユニット４１０は、例えば情報取得手段４１と有線接続され、情報取得手段４１が取得した各種情報を、無線通信網４に接続される通信機器に対して送信する。情報取得手段４１は、例えば換気制御装置３と区別される場合、無線通信制御ユニット４１０を介して、取得した各種情報を換気制御装置３に送信してもよい。情報取得手段４１は、例えば無線通信制御ユニット４１０を介して、取得した各種情報を後述のデータサーバ９に送信してもよい。 The information acquisition means 41 may include, for example, a wireless communication control unit 410 for transmitting various acquired information to any communication device. The wireless communication control unit 410 is connected to the information acquisition means 41 by wire, for example, and transmits various information acquired by the information acquisition means 41 to communication devices connected to the wireless communication network 4. For example, when the information acquisition means 41 is distinguished from the ventilation control device 3, the information acquisition means 41 may transmit acquired various information to the ventilation control device 3 via the wireless communication control unit 410. The information acquisition means 41 may transmit various types of acquired information to the data server 9, which will be described later, via the wireless communication control unit 410, for example.
　＜判定手段３８＞
　判定手段３８は、換気装置２の制御の必要度合を判定する。判定手段３８は、例えば情報取得手段４１により取得された各種情報の何れか１又は組合せと、制御条件と、に基づいて、換気装置２の制御の必要度合を判定する。また、換気制御装置３は、判定手段３８により判定された必要度合に基づいて、設定手段３４により設定された制御情報Ｄ３３を換気装置２に対して出力する。この場合、取得された各種情報に応じて必要度合の判定と換気装置２の制御とを自動化することができる。これにより、換気装置２の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。制御条件の詳細については、後述にて説明する。判定手段３８は、例えば換気制御装置３とは区別して設けられてもよく、換気制御装置３に設けられてもよい。判定手段３８は、例えば情報取得手段４１に設けられてもよく、後述のデータサーバ９又は管理設定手段４２の何れかに設けられてもよい。判定手段３８は、例えばＣＰＵ３０１が、ＲＡＭ３０３を作業領域として、保存部３０４等に記憶されたプログラムを実行することにより実現される。 <Determination means 38>
The determining means 38 determines the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilation system 2. The determining means 38 determines the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilation device 2, based on, for example, any one or a combination of various pieces of information acquired by the information acquiring means 41 and the control conditions. Further, the ventilation control device 3 outputs the control information D33 set by the setting device 34 to the ventilation device 2 based on the degree of necessity determined by the determining device 38. In this case, it is possible to automate the determination of the degree of necessity and the control of the ventilation device 2 according to the acquired various information. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved. Details of the control conditions will be explained later. The determination means 38 may be provided separately from the ventilation control device 3, for example, or may be provided in the ventilation control device 3. The determination means 38 may be provided, for example, in the information acquisition means 41, or may be provided in either the data server 9 or the management setting means 42, which will be described later. The determining means 38 is realized, for example, by the CPU 301 executing a program stored in the storage unit 304 or the like using the RAM 303 as a work area.
　＜データサーバ９＞
　データサーバ９は、例えば通信手段３１と同様の通信手段９１と、記憶手段３２と同様の記憶手段９２と、を有する。データサーバ９は、実際に各種情報取得手段４１１～４１５により取得された取得情報、またその取得情報を校正した結果得られる校正情報に加え、制御条件や校正条件等の各種レギュレーション、規則等も記憶される。データサーバ９は、例えば公衆通信網４ａを介して、換気制御装置３及び無線通信制御ユニット４１０と接続される。公衆通信網４ａとしては、いわゆる光ファイバ通信網で構成されてもよく、有線通信網のほか、ＬＴＥ（Long term evolution）を含む無線通信網等の公知の通信技術で実現してもよく、上述の無線通信網４が用いられてもよい。データサーバ９は、公衆通信網４ａの代わりに、後述の無線通信アクセスポイント５を介して各種通信機器と接続されてもよい。換気制御システム１は、例えばデータサーバ９の代わりに換気制御装置３の保存部３０４に上記情報を記憶させてもよく、データサーバ９と併用して換気制御装置３の保存部３０４に上記情報を記憶させてもよい。 <Data server 9>
The data server 9 includes, for example, a communication means 91 similar to the communication means 31 and a storage means 92 similar to the storage means 32. The data server 9 stores the acquired information actually acquired by the various information acquisition means 411 to 415 and the calibration information obtained as a result of calibrating the acquired information, as well as various regulations and rules such as control conditions and calibration conditions. be done. The data server 9 is connected to the ventilation control device 3 and the wireless communication control unit 410, for example, via the public communication network 4a. The public communication network 4a may be constituted by a so-called optical fiber communication network, or may be realized by a known communication technology such as a wired communication network or a wireless communication network including LTE (Long Term Evolution). A wireless communication network 4 may be used. The data server 9 may be connected to various communication devices via a wireless communication access point 5, which will be described later, instead of the public communication network 4a. For example, the ventilation control system 1 may store the above information in the storage unit 304 of the ventilation control device 3 instead of the data server 9, or may store the above information in the storage unit 304 of the ventilation control device 3 in conjunction with the data server 9. It may be memorized.
　＜管理設定手段４２＞
　管理設定手段４２は、実際に換気制御システム１の制御を統括する管理者が、換気装置２を自動制御するための制御条件の設定、変更、更新等を行うために用いられる。 <Management setting means 42>
The management setting means 42 is used by an administrator who actually controls the ventilation control system 1 to set, change, update, etc. control conditions for automatically controlling the ventilation apparatus 2.
　管理設定手段４２は、例えば公衆通信網４ａを介して、換気制御装置３、データサーバ９、及び情報取得手段４１が有する無線通信制御ユニット４１０と接続される。管理設定手段４２は、公衆通信網４ａの代わりに、無線通信アクセスポイント５を介して各種通信機器と接続されてもよい。管理設定手段４２は、例えば、パーソナルコンピュータ（ＰＣ）等を始めとした電子機器で構成されているが、ＰＣ以外に、携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレット型端末、ウェアラブル端末等、他のあらゆる電子機器で具現化されるものであってもよい。この管理設定手段４２は、例えば実際に換気制御システム１の制御を統括する管理者に対して、実際のデータサーバ９に格納されている取得情報や校正情報等をユーザインターフェース上に表示する。また管理設定手段４２は、この管理者による入力を受け付けて、データサーバ９に格納されている制御条件の設定や校正条件の調整や変更を行う。管理設定手段４２は、例えば情報取得手段４１により取得された各種情報に基づいて制御条件を設定する。この場合、取得された各種情報に応じて制御条件の設定を自動化することができる。これにより、換気装置２の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 The management setting means 42 is connected to the wireless communication control unit 410 included in the ventilation control device 3, the data server 9, and the information acquisition means 41, for example, via the public communication network 4a. The management setting means 42 may be connected to various communication devices via the wireless communication access point 5 instead of the public communication network 4a. The management setting means 42 is composed of, for example, an electronic device such as a personal computer (PC), but in addition to the PC, it can also be any other electronic device such as a mobile phone, a smartphone, a tablet terminal, a wearable terminal, etc. It may be something that is materialized. This management setting means 42 displays acquired information, calibration information, etc. stored in the actual data server 9 on a user interface, for example, to the administrator who actually controls the ventilation control system 1. The management setting means 42 also receives input from the administrator and adjusts or changes the control condition settings and calibration conditions stored in the data server 9. The management setting means 42 sets control conditions based on various information acquired by the information acquisition means 41, for example. In this case, it is possible to automate the setting of control conditions according to the various acquired information. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
　＜換気制御装置３＞
　換気制御装置３は、例えば図１９に示すように、無線通信アクセスポイント５を介して、各種通信機器と接続され、情報を送受信してもよい。換気制御装置３は、例えば無線通信網４を介して各種通信機器と接続され、情報を送受信してもよい。換気制御装置３は、例えばデータサーバ９と接続され、情報を送受信する。換気制御装置３は、例えば管理設定手段４２と接続され、情報を送受信する。換気制御装置３は、例えば情報取得手段４１が取得した各種情報に対応する制御条件を受信してもよい。換気制御装置３は、例えば制御条件に基づいて制御情報Ｄ３３を生成し、換気装置２に対して出力してもよい。 <Ventilation control device 3>
For example, as shown in FIG. 19, the ventilation control device 3 may be connected to various communication devices via a wireless communication access point 5 to transmit and receive information. The ventilation control device 3 may be connected to various communication devices via a wireless communication network 4, for example, and may transmit and receive information. The ventilation control device 3 is connected to, for example, a data server 9 to transmit and receive information. The ventilation control device 3 is connected to, for example, a management setting means 42 to transmit and receive information. The ventilation control device 3 may receive control conditions corresponding to various information acquired by the information acquisition means 41, for example. The ventilation control device 3 may generate control information D33 based on the control conditions, for example, and output it to the ventilation device 2.
　＜無線通信アクセスポイント５＞
　無線通信アクセスポイント５は、例えば室内又は室外に設けられたゲートウェイ基地局である。無線通信アクセスポイント５は、例えば換気制御装置３と、データサーバ９と、管理設定手段４２と、の間で無線通信を行うためのデバイスとして構成される。 <Wireless communication access point 5>
The wireless communication access point 5 is, for example, a gateway base station provided indoors or outdoors. The wireless communication access point 5 is configured as a device for wireless communication between, for example, the ventilation control device 3, the data server 9, and the management setting means 42.
　なお、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の構成の説明についても、温度調節制御システムの構成の説明に置き換えることができる。温度調節制御装置は、例えば換気制御装置３と同様に、上述の情報取得手段４１と、温度調節装置の制御の必要度合を判定する判定手段３８と、をさらに備える。温度調節制御システムは、各種情報又は制御条件等を記憶するためのデータサーバ９と、温度調節制御システムを管理するための管理設定手段４２と、をさらに備えてもよい。 Note that the description of the configuration of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment can also be replaced with the description of the configuration of the temperature adjustment control system. For example, like the ventilation control device 3, the temperature adjustment control device further includes the above-mentioned information acquisition means 41 and determination means 38 that determines the degree of necessity of controlling the temperature adjustment device. The temperature adjustment control system may further include a data server 9 for storing various information or control conditions, and management setting means 42 for managing the temperature adjustment control system.
　温度調節制御装置は、判定手段３８により判定された必要度合に基づいて、設定手段３４により設定された制御情報Ｄ３３を温度調節装置に対して出力する。この場合、取得された各種情報に応じて必要度合の判定と装置の制御とを自動化することができる。これにより、温度調節装置の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 The temperature adjustment control device outputs the control information D33 set by the setting device 34 to the temperature adjustment device based on the degree of necessity determined by the determination device 38. In this case, it is possible to automate the determination of the degree of necessity and the control of the device according to the various acquired information. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be further improved.
　温度調節制御装置の管理設定手段４２は、例えば情報取得手段４１により取得された各種情報に基づいて制御条件を設定する。この場合、取得された各種情報に応じて制御条件の設定を自動化することができる。これにより、温度調節装置の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 The management setting means 42 of the temperature adjustment control device sets control conditions based on various information acquired by the information acquisition means 41, for example. In this case, it is possible to automate the setting of control conditions according to the various acquired information. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be further improved.
（第４実施形態：換気制御システム１の動作の一例）
　次に、図２０～図２２を参照して、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の動作の一例を説明する。図２０は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の動作の一例を示すフローチャートである。図２１は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の自動制御方法の一例を示す模式図である。図２２は、本実施形態における換気制御システム１に関連する学習モデルの学習方法の一例を示す模式図である。 (Fourth embodiment: Example of operation of ventilation control system 1)
Next, an example of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 20 to 22. FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment. FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram showing an example of an automatic control method for the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment. FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a learning method of a learning model related to the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment.
　換気制御システム１の動作は、例えば図２０に示すように、情報取得ステップＳ１６０と、判定ステップＳ１７０と、をさらに有する。 The operation of the ventilation control system 1 further includes an information acquisition step S160 and a determination step S170, as shown in FIG. 20, for example.
　＜情報取得ステップＳ１６０＞
　情報取得ステップＳ１６０において、情報取得手段４１は、例えば図２１に示すように、各種情報Ｄ４１を取得する。各種情報Ｄ４１としては、換気制御装置３における必要度合Ｄ３８の判定に必要な情報が含まれ、例えば室内情報Ｄ４１１、外部情報Ｄ４１２、実績情報Ｄ４１３、室内センサ情報Ｄ４１４、室外センサ情報Ｄ４１５等を含む。 <Information acquisition step S160>
In the information acquisition step S160, the information acquisition means 41 acquires various information D41, as shown in FIG. 21, for example. The various information D41 includes information necessary for determining the degree of necessity D38 in the ventilation control device 3, and includes, for example, indoor information D411, external information D412, performance information D413, indoor sensor information D414, outdoor sensor information D415, and the like.
　情報取得ステップＳ１６０において取得された各種情報Ｄ４１は、校正条件を参照し、校正が施されてもよい。校正の例としては、室内センサ情報Ｄ４１４として取得した二酸化炭素濃度を例にとる場合、取得データの中から、過去２４時間分の最低値を取得し、その値を基準値４００ｐｐｍとする。またこの校正においては、１時間以内に取得した取得データの最小値、又は平均値とするようにしてもよい。すなわち、情報取得手段４１は、予め設定された校正条件を参照し、取得した各種情報Ｄ４１について校正を施す。この場合、各種情報Ｄ４１に応じた換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８をより正確に判定することができる。これにより、換気装置２の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 The various information D41 acquired in the information acquisition step S160 may be calibrated with reference to the calibration conditions. As an example of calibration, when taking the carbon dioxide concentration acquired as the indoor sensor information D414 as an example, the lowest value for the past 24 hours is acquired from the acquired data, and that value is set as the reference value of 400 ppm. Further, in this calibration, the minimum value or the average value of the acquired data acquired within one hour may be used. That is, the information acquisition means 41 refers to preset calibration conditions and performs calibration on the acquired various information D41. In this case, the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 according to the various information D41 can be determined more accurately. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
　＜室内情報Ｄ４１１＞
　室内情報Ｄ４１１として、例えば、建築構造物の住所を含む室内の換気装置２の設置位置や数、室内の大きさ、室内の天井の高さ、室内の最大収容人数、営業時間、室内の過去の混雑情報等の取得データの記録装置等を用いることができる。そして、この室内情報取得手段４１１は、室内情報Ｄ４１１を取得するためのものであり、例えばキーボードやタッチパネル等のユーザインターフェースを介して入力されるものであってもよいし、既にこのような室内情報Ｄ４１１を取得したデータベースやメモリ等により構成されるものであってもよい。 <Indoor information D411>
The indoor information D411 includes, for example, the address of the building structure, the installation position and number of ventilation devices 2 in the room, the size of the room, the height of the ceiling in the room, the maximum number of people allowed in the room, business hours, and the past information about the room. A recording device for acquired data such as congestion information can be used. The indoor information acquisition means 411 is for acquiring indoor information D411, and may be input via a user interface such as a keyboard or a touch panel, or may already have such indoor information D411. It may be configured by a database, memory, etc. that acquired D411.
　＜外部情報Ｄ４１２＞
　外部情報Ｄ４１２として、例えば、補助金情報、換気装置２の価格情報、換気装置２の在庫情報、換気装置２のメンテナンスや設置の価格情報、換気装置２の設置工事業者の空き状況情報、現在契約している電力会社の情報、電力各社の契約プラン情報、電力の使用量の情報、使用している換気装置２の型番情報、換気装置２の使用開始年月日、晴れ、曇り、雨、雪、雹等の天気予報や、体感温度指数、ヒートショック予報、熱中症情報、降水確率、花粉や黄砂やスモッグやＰＭ２．５等に関する情報、火山の噴火やそれによるガスの充満、降灰に関する情報、海の波の情報、室外の風向き、風速の情報、車の渋滞情報、原発事故等に起因するものを含む放射線情報、各種ニュース情報、ビール指数、アイス指数等のインターネット等の公衆通信網等で得られる取得データを記録する記録装置等を用いることができる。公衆通信網から取得したこれらの外部情報Ｄ４１２は、テキスト情報として取得した場合には、必要に応じて自然言語解析され、構文解析、意味解析がなされた上で、各種意味を持った情報に分類される。このため、外部情報取得手段４１２は、テキスト情報で構成された外部情報Ｄ４１２について自然言語解析するためのツールが実装されていてもよい。 <External information D412>
The external information D412 includes, for example, subsidy information, price information on the ventilation system 2, inventory information on the ventilation system 2, price information on maintenance and installation of the ventilation system 2, information on availability of the installation contractor for the ventilation system 2, and current contract information. Information on the electric power company you are using, information on the contract plan of each electric power company, information on the amount of electricity used, model number information on the ventilation device 2 you are using, date of start of use of the ventilation device 2, sunny, cloudy, rainy, snowy. , weather forecasts such as hail, sensible temperature index, heat shock forecast, heatstroke information, probability of precipitation, information on pollen, yellow sand, smog, PM2.5, etc., information on volcanic eruptions and the resulting gas filling, ash fall, Information on ocean waves, outdoor wind direction, wind speed, car congestion information, radiation information including those caused by nuclear power plant accidents, various news information, beer index, ice index, etc. on public communication networks such as the Internet. A recording device or the like that records the acquired data can be used. When these external information D412 obtained from the public communication network is obtained as text information, it is subjected to natural language analysis, syntactic analysis, and semantic analysis as necessary, and then classified into information with various meanings. be done. For this reason, the external information acquisition means 412 may be equipped with a tool for natural language analysis of the external information D412 composed of text information.
　＜実績情報Ｄ４１３＞
　実績情報Ｄ４１３として、例えば換気装置２の過去の電気使用量の実績値が予め取得されたデータベースやメモリ等により構成される。この過去の電気使用量の実績値は、例えば、先週の水曜日の１２時～１３時に１５０ｋＷｈ使用、あるいは、先週の火曜日の１３時～１５時は、１２０ｋＷｈ使用した、等の使用実績で示されるものであってもよい。この実績情報取得手段４１３としては、実績情報Ｄ４１３として、換気装置２の過去の各種制御条件、換気装置２の過去の入力等の取得データの記録装置等を用いることができる。そして、この実績情報取得手段４１３は、実績情報Ｄ４１３を取得するためのものであり、例えばキーボードやタッチパネル等のユーザインターフェースを介して入力されるものであってもよいし、既にこのような実績情報Ｄ４１３を取得したデータベースやメモリ等により構成されるものであってもよい。 <Accomplishment information D413>
The performance information D413 is constituted by, for example, a database or memory in which past performance values of the amount of electricity used by the ventilation device 2 are obtained in advance. This actual value of past electricity usage is shown by usage results, such as 150 kWh used from 12:00 to 13:00 last Wednesday, or 120 kWh used from 13:00 to 15:00 last Tuesday. It may be. As the performance information acquisition means 413, a recording device of acquired data such as various past control conditions of the ventilation device 2, past inputs of the ventilation device 2, etc. can be used as the performance information D413. The performance information acquisition means 413 is for acquiring performance information D413, and may be inputted via a user interface such as a keyboard or a touch panel, or may already have such performance information. It may be configured by a database, memory, etc. that acquired D413.
　＜室内センサ情報Ｄ４１４＞
　室内センサ情報Ｄ４１４として、例えば、室内温度を取得する室内温度取得センサ、室内湿度を取得する室内湿度取得センサ、室内の二酸化炭素濃度を取得する室内二酸化炭素濃度取得センサ、室内のＰＭ２．５やスモッグ等で汚染された汚染の度合を取得するＰＭセンサやＶＯＣセンサや花粉センサ、室内の臭気の度合を取得する室内臭気取得センサ、室内のオゾン濃度を取得する室内オゾン濃度取得センサ、室内の人数を取得する人検知センサ（人感センサや人数カウンタやＡＩカメラや防犯カメラ等）、床温度センサ、換気装置２の風量計、換気装置２の吹出口に設けた温度取得センサ、換気装置２の吹出口に設けた湿度取得センサ、換気装置２の消費電力計、換気装置２の総運転時間取得計等の室内センサ情報取得手段４１４が取得した情報を用いることができる。なお、現在、大抵の人が所有しているスマートフォン等には物の位置等の緯度経度を取得するＧＰＳセンサが内蔵されていることが多いので、人検知センサ等の代替として利用することもできる。 <Indoor sensor information D414>
As the indoor sensor information D414, for example, an indoor temperature acquisition sensor that acquires indoor temperature, an indoor humidity acquisition sensor that acquires indoor humidity, an indoor carbon dioxide concentration acquisition sensor that acquires indoor carbon dioxide concentration, indoor PM2.5 or smog. PM sensors, VOC sensors, and pollen sensors that measure the degree of pollution, indoor odor sensors that measure the degree of odor in the room, indoor ozone concentration sensors that measure the indoor ozone concentration, and sensors that measure the number of people in the room. Human detection sensors (human sensors, people counters, AI cameras, security cameras, etc.), floor temperature sensors, air volume meters of the ventilation system 2, temperature acquisition sensors installed at the outlet of the ventilation system 2, and air flow sensors of the ventilation system 2. Information acquired by the indoor sensor information acquisition means 414, such as a humidity acquisition sensor provided at the exit, a power consumption meter of the ventilation device 2, and a total operating time meter of the ventilation device 2, can be used. Currently, most people own smartphones, etc., which often have built-in GPS sensors that obtain the latitude and longitude of objects, so they can also be used as an alternative to human detection sensors, etc. .
　＜室外センサ情報Ｄ４１５＞
　室外センサ情報Ｄ４１５として、例えば、室外温度を取得する室外温度取得センサ、室外湿度を取得する室外湿度取得センサ、室外のＰＭ２．５やスモッグ等で汚染された汚染の度合を取得するＰＭセンサやＶＯＣセンサや花粉センサ、室外の臭気の度合を取得する室外臭気取得センサ等の室外センサ情報取得手段４１５が取得した情報を用いることができる。 <Outdoor sensor information D415>
As the outdoor sensor information D415, for example, an outdoor temperature acquisition sensor that acquires the outdoor temperature, an outdoor humidity acquisition sensor that acquires the outdoor humidity, a PM sensor or VOC that acquires the degree of outdoor pollution with PM2.5, smog, etc. Information acquired by the outdoor sensor information acquisition means 415 such as a sensor, a pollen sensor, or an outdoor odor acquisition sensor that acquires the degree of outdoor odor can be used.
　＜判定ステップＳ１７０＞
　判定ステップＳ１７０において、判定手段３８は、制御条件Ｄ９に基づいて換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８を判定する。判定ステップＳ１７０において、判定手段３８は、例えば図２１に示すように、各種情報Ｄ４１と、制御条件Ｄ９と、に基づいて換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８を判定する。判定手段３８は、例えば室内情報Ｄ４１１に基づく室内の快適度と、外部情報Ｄ４１２に基づく屋外の快適度と、制御条件Ｄ９と、に基づいて、換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８を判定する。判定ステップＳ１７０において、判定手段３８は、換気制御装置３と区別される場合、判定結果（必要度合Ｄ３８）を換気制御装置３に送信する。判定ステップＳ１７０において、換気制御装置３は、判定手段３８による判定結果に基づいて、換気装置２を制御するための制御情報Ｄ３３を出力してもよい。 <Determination step S170>
In determination step S170, the determination means 38 determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilator 2 based on the control condition D9. In the determination step S170, the determination means 38 determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation apparatus 2 based on the various information D41 and the control conditions D9, as shown in FIG. 21, for example. The determining means 38 determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 based on, for example, the indoor comfort level based on the indoor information D411, the outdoor comfort level based on the external information D412, and the control condition D9. In the determination step S170, the determination means 38 transmits the determination result (degree of necessity D38) to the ventilation control device 3 when it is distinguished from the ventilation control device 3. In the determination step S170, the ventilation control device 3 may output control information D33 for controlling the ventilation device 2 based on the determination result by the determination means 38.
　判定ステップＳ１７０において、換気制御装置３は、判定結果を記憶手段３２に記憶させ、当該判定結果に基づき複数の制御情報Ｄ３３を出力してもよい。判定ステップＳ１７０において、換気制御装置３に記憶される判定結果は、新たな判定結果に更新されてもよく、新たな判定結果とともに記憶されてもよい。 In the determination step S170, the ventilation control device 3 may store the determination result in the storage means 32 and output a plurality of pieces of control information D33 based on the determination result. In the determination step S170, the determination result stored in the ventilation control device 3 may be updated to a new determination result, or may be stored together with the new determination result.
　＜制御条件Ｄ９＞
　制御条件Ｄ９とは、情報取得手段４１が取得する各種情報Ｄ４１と、換気装置２の操作情報Ｄ３２とを紐づけたレギュレーションとして規定される内容を含む。制御条件Ｄ９は、例えばデータサーバ９に予め記憶される。 <Control condition D9>
The control conditions D9 include contents defined as regulations in which various information D41 acquired by the information acquisition means 41 and operation information D32 of the ventilation device 2 are linked. The control condition D9 is stored in the data server 9 in advance, for example.
　制御条件Ｄ９は、例えば図２２（ａ）に示すように、室内情報Ｄ４１１と外部情報Ｄ４１２との組み合わせなど、上記の各種情報Ｄ４１の何れか１種又は２種以上の組み合わせに対する、制御条件Ｄ９を教師データとし、上述の学習モデル８１、８２（装置情報モデル８１、制御情報モデル８２）と同様に人工知能（ＡＩ）により生成した制御条件モデル８３を参照した上で出力される。制御条件モデル８３は、例えば換気制御システム１の動作の前に、予め生成されている。制御条件Ｄ９は、時系列的要素、あるいは他の要素を組み合わせて判別するものであってもよい。 For example, as shown in FIG. 22(a), the control condition D9 is a control condition D9 for any one type or a combination of two or more of the various types of information D41 described above, such as a combination of indoor information D411 and external information D412. The control condition model 83, which is generated by artificial intelligence (AI) in the same way as the learning models 81 and 82 (apparatus information model 81 and control information model 82) described above, is outputted as teacher data. The control condition model 83 is generated in advance, for example, before the ventilation control system 1 operates. The control condition D9 may be determined by combining time-series elements or other elements.
　室内センサ情報Ｄ４１４の例では、ＣＯ２の濃度が１０００ｐｐｍ以上であれば、換気装置２の風量を強（又は急速）にする、ＣＯ２の濃度が６００ｐｐｍ未満であれば換気装置２をＯＦＦにする、ＣＯ２の濃度が８００ｐｐｍ以上であれば、換気装置２における換気弁を開く等がある。 In the example of the indoor sensor information D414, if the concentration of CO2 is 1000 ppm or more, the air volume of the ventilation device 2 is made strong (or rapid), if the concentration of CO2 is less than 600 ppm, the ventilation device 2 is turned off. If the concentration of
　外部情報Ｄ４１２の例では、感染者数が１００００人を下回った場合、換気装置２について省エネモードに移行する、感染者数が１００００人以上の場合には、換気装置２について感染対策モードとして、換気を強くするモードに移行する、近隣において災害が発生した場合には、換気装置２について災害対策モードとして換気を強くする、ビール指数が高い、あるいは南国と同様の温湿度であると判別した場合には、換気装置２について、特定のモード（ビールがおいしい、南国気分が味わる換気条件）にする、換気装置２の耐用年数が超える、あるいは助成金がもらえるタイミングであれば、換気装置２について買い替えアラートを通知する、換気装置２の効き目が３０％ダウンし、設置工事が混む前の時期であれば、換気装置２について故障アラートを通知する等がある。 In the example of external information D412, when the number of infected people is less than 10,000 people, the ventilation device 2 is switched to energy saving mode, and when the number of infected people is 10,000 or more, the ventilation device 2 is switched to the infection control mode. If a disaster occurs nearby, the ventilation system 2 will be strengthened as a disaster countermeasure mode.If the beer index is high or the temperature and humidity are similar to those in tropical countries, If the ventilation device 2 is set to a specific mode (ventilation conditions that make the beer taste delicious or give you a tropical feel), if the useful life of the ventilation device 2 has exceeded, or if you are eligible for a subsidy, you can replace the ventilation device 2. If the effectiveness of the ventilation device 2 has decreased by 30% and the installation work is not yet busy, a failure alert for the ventilation device 2 may be notified.
　室外センサ情報Ｄ４１５の例では、室外の温度が２５℃以上になったら、換気装置２による風量を弱くするとともに冷暖房装置の運転を冷房にする、室外の温度が１８℃以下であれば換気装置２による風量を強くするとともに冷暖房装置の運転を暖房にする、室内快適度が室外快適度（屋外の快適度）を上回ったら、換気装置２による風量を強くする、室外の湿度が６０％以上であれば、冷暖房装置の設定温度を下げるとともに、換気装置２をＯＦＦにする等が挙げられる。 In the example of the outdoor sensor information D415, when the outdoor temperature reaches 25°C or higher, the air volume by the ventilation device 2 is reduced and the air-conditioning system is set to cooling, and if the outdoor temperature is 18°C or lower, the ventilation device 2 is turned on. Increasing the air volume by the ventilation system 2 and setting the air conditioner to heating mode.If the indoor comfort level exceeds the outdoor comfort level (outdoor comfort level), increase the air volume by the ventilation system 2.Even if the outdoor humidity is 60% or higher, For example, while lowering the set temperature of the air-conditioning device, the ventilation device 2 may be turned off.
　さらには、室内センサ情報Ｄ４１４、室外センサ情報Ｄ４１５の例において、室内温度、室内湿度、二酸化炭素濃度等を時系列的に取得し、２４時間以内に、基準値を超えた頻度又は時間等に基づいて換気装置２の調整すべき換気度合が設定されているものであってもよいし、その２４時間の取得情報の平均値又は最大値が基準値を超えたか否かに基づいて判別するものであってもよい。かかる場合には、室内温度、室内湿度、二酸化炭素濃度等との間で最も平均値が高いものを選択し、その平均値について基準値と比較してもよいし、これら３つのファクターの間で所望の重み付けを施し、これについて基準値と比較するようにしてもよい。 Furthermore, in the example of indoor sensor information D414 and outdoor sensor information D415, indoor temperature, indoor humidity, carbon dioxide concentration, etc. are obtained in a time series, and based on the frequency or time when the reference value is exceeded within 24 hours. The degree of ventilation to be adjusted in the ventilation system 2 may be set based on the ventilation level, or the determination may be made based on whether the average value or maximum value of the acquired information for 24 hours exceeds a reference value. There may be. In such a case, you may select the one with the highest average value among indoor temperature, indoor humidity, carbon dioxide concentration, etc. and compare the average value with the standard value, or A desired weighting may be applied and this may be compared with a reference value.
　このような制御条件Ｄ９に対して、判定手段３８は、情報取得ステップＳ１６０において取得した各種情報Ｄ４１が適合するか否かを判別する。例えば、制御条件Ｄ９が「ＣＯ２の濃度が６００ｐｐｍ未満であれば換気装置２をＯＦＦにする」であれば、検出したＣＯ２の濃度が６００ｐｐｍ未満であるか否かを判別する。その結果、制御条件Ｄ９に適合するのであれば、制御条件Ｄ９に紐付けられた具体的な操作情報Ｄ３２に含まれる操作が実行されるよう、換気制御装置３に制御情報Ｄ３３を出力させる。これに対して、制御条件Ｄ９に適合しないのであれば、換気制御装置３に対して特段新たな情報を出力させることはない。 The determining means 38 determines whether the various information D41 acquired in the information acquisition step S160 conforms to such control condition D9. For example, if the control condition D9 is "If the concentration of CO2 is less than 600 ppm, turn off the ventilation device 2", it is determined whether the detected concentration of CO2 is less than 600 ppm. As a result, if the control condition D9 is met, the ventilation control device 3 is caused to output the control information D33 so that the operation included in the specific operation information D32 linked to the control condition D9 is executed. On the other hand, if the control condition D9 is not met, no particular new information is output to the ventilation control device 3.
　情報取得手段４１は、例えば室内温度、室内湿度、二酸化炭素濃度等を時系列的に取得し、２４時間の平均値を１時間おきに算出する。判定手段３８は、例えば情報取得手段４１が取得した各平均値のうち一つでも閾値を超えるものがあれば、異常と判断する。かかる場合には、制御条件Ｄ９に基づいて、換気制御装置３に対して、換気装置２を「起動」させる操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御情報Ｄ３３を出力させ、又は換気装置２の「送風量を１段階上げる」操作情報Ｄ３２に対応する制御情報Ｄ３３を出力させる。 The information acquisition means 41 acquires, for example, indoor temperature, indoor humidity, carbon dioxide concentration, etc. in time series, and calculates the average value for 24 hours every hour. For example, the determining means 38 determines that there is an abnormality if even one of the average values acquired by the information acquiring means 41 exceeds a threshold value. In such a case, based on the control condition D9, the ventilation control device 3 is caused to output the control information D33 corresponding to the operation information D32 that “starts” the ventilation device 2, or Control information D33 corresponding to the operation information D32 "Increase by one level" is output.
　また、上述した自動制御は、換気制御装置３を介して行われるが、これと並行して、無線通信制御ユニット４１０は、情報取得手段４１が取得した情報を常時取り込んでもよい。この無線通信制御ユニット４１０において取り込むべき各種情報Ｄ４１は、校正が施されていない生データであってもよいし、校正が施されたデータであってもよいし、あるいは生データと校正が施されたデータの双方であってもよい。 Further, the automatic control described above is performed via the ventilation control device 3, but in parallel, the wireless communication control unit 410 may always take in the information acquired by the information acquisition means 41. The various information D41 to be captured in this wireless communication control unit 410 may be raw data that has not been calibrated, data that has been calibrated, or a combination of raw data and calibrated data. It may be both data.
　無線通信制御ユニット４１０は、この取り込んだ取得データをデータサーバ９へと送信する。データサーバ９は、この取得データを順次格納する。このデータサーバ９には、他の様々な箇所に設けられている無線通信制御ユニット４１０から順次取得データが送られ、これを順次格納する。その結果、このデータサーバ９には、各所の情報取得手段４１から取得された取得データが無線通信制御ユニット４１０を介して集められることとなる。 The wireless communication control unit 410 transmits this acquired data to the data server 9. The data server 9 sequentially stores this acquired data. Acquired data is sequentially sent to this data server 9 from wireless communication control units 410 provided at various other locations, and is sequentially stored. As a result, the data server 9 collects acquired data acquired from the information acquisition means 41 at various locations via the wireless communication control unit 410.
　そして、このデータサーバ９に対しては、公衆通信網４ａを介して管理設定手段４２側からアクセスすることができる。管理設定手段４２は、データサーバ９に記録されている取得情報を必要に応じて統計的に整理し、集計した上で、ユーザインターフェース上で視認可能とされている。この取得情報の統計的な整理や集計は、個々の無線通信制御ユニット４１０単位で行うようにしてもよいし、複数の無線通信制御ユニット４１０についてまとめて集計するようにしてもよい。 This data server 9 can be accessed from the management setting means 42 side via the public communication network 4a. The management setting means 42 statistically organizes and tabulates the acquired information recorded in the data server 9 as necessary, and then makes it visible on the user interface. The statistical arrangement and aggregation of this acquired information may be performed for each individual wireless communication control unit 410, or may be aggregated for a plurality of wireless communication control units 410 at once.
　以下の例では、取得情報の統計的な整理や集計を、個々の無線通信制御ユニット４１０単位で行う場合について説明をする。 In the following example, a case will be described in which the acquired information is statistically organized and aggregated on an individual wireless communication control unit 410 basis.
　かかる場合において管理設定手段４２は、取得データの集計結果をユーザインターフェース上に表示する。このユーザインターフェース上の表示画面は、例えば各取得値を時系列的に表示するものであってもよい。なお、管理者が、この測定データの集計結果を視認し、異常であると自ら判別した場合は、制御条件Ｄ９を変更するための命令を手動で出すことができる。かかる場合には、管理者自らの経験により、制御条件Ｄ９をそのまま変更せずに放置すべきか、あるいは制御条件Ｄ９自体を変更すべきか、判別することとなる。この管理者の判別の結果は、制御条件Ｄ９に反映されることとなる。管理者は判別の結果、いかなる制御条件Ｄ９とすべきかを自らの判断で決めるようにしてもよいし、管理設定手段４２側において自動的に決めるようにしてもよい。かかる場合には、制御条件Ｄ９を変更すべき判別の頻度に応じて制御条件Ｄ９が紐付けられたテンプレートを予め形成しておき、そのテンプレートに基づいて制御条件Ｄ９を特定するようにしてもよい。 In such a case, the management setting means 42 displays the aggregated results of the acquired data on the user interface. The display screen on this user interface may display each obtained value in chronological order, for example. Note that if the administrator visually checks the total result of the measurement data and determines that there is an abnormality, he or she can manually issue a command to change the control condition D9. In such a case, the administrator will decide based on his own experience whether the control condition D9 should be left unchanged or whether the control condition D9 itself should be changed. The result of the administrator's determination will be reflected in the control condition D9. As a result of the determination, the administrator may decide by his or her own judgment what control condition D9 should be used, or the management setting means 42 may automatically decide. In such a case, a template may be created in advance in which the control condition D9 is linked according to the frequency of determination that the control condition D9 should be changed, and the control condition D9 may be specified based on the template. .
　この制御条件Ｄ９の変更、更新は、基本的には、管理設定手段４２側において自動的に行うようにしてもよい。制御条件Ｄ９の変更の方法としては、例えば、室内情報Ｄ４１１、外部情報Ｄ４１２、実績情報Ｄ４１３、室内センサ情報Ｄ４１４及び室外センサ情報Ｄ４１５のうち何れか１以上の各取得データにつき、基準値を超えた頻度又は時間等に対する室内の快適さ、省エネルギー、故障の有無、熱中症リスク、感染症リスク等の何れか１以上判定結果を紐付けた、テンプレートを準備しておく。そして、実際に管理設定手段４２側において、新たに取得した取得データについて基準値を超えた頻度又は時間等を特定し、その特定した頻度又は時間に紐付けられた室内の快適さ、省エネルギー、故障の有無、熱中症リスク、感染症リスク等の何れか１以上を抽出する。これにより、管理設定手段４２側において、取得データから都度室内の快適さ、省エネルギー、故障の有無、熱中症リスク、感染症リスク等の何れか１以上を自動判定することができる。故障の有無については、制御条件Ｄ９の範囲から大きく外れた数値になっていれば故障が発生している可能性があることを判別することができる。 Basically, the control condition D9 may be changed or updated automatically on the management setting means 42 side. As a method for changing the control condition D9, for example, if any one or more of the acquired data among indoor information D411, external information D412, performance information D413, indoor sensor information D414, and outdoor sensor information D415 exceeds the reference value. A template is prepared in which one or more of the determination results of indoor comfort, energy saving, presence of malfunction, heat stroke risk, infectious disease risk, etc. are associated with frequency or time. Then, on the management setting means 42 side, the frequency or time when the newly acquired data exceeds the reference value is specified, and the indoor comfort, energy saving, failure, etc. associated with the specified frequency or time are determined. Extract one or more of the following: presence or absence of heat stroke, risk of heat stroke, risk of infectious disease, etc. Thereby, on the management setting means 42 side, it is possible to automatically determine one or more of indoor comfort, energy saving, presence of failure, heat stroke risk, infectious disease risk, etc. from the acquired data each time. Regarding the presence or absence of a failure, if the value is significantly outside the range of control condition D9, it can be determined that there is a possibility that a failure has occurred.
　また、これら室内の快適さ、省エネルギー、故障の有無、熱中症リスク、感染症リスク等の何れか１以上と、具体的な制御条件Ｄ９を紐付けて、テンプレートとして予め準備しておく。このテンプレートの例としては、室内の快適さが５段階評価で上から２番目、省エネルギーが５段階評価で下から１番目、熱中症リスクが５段階評価で上から３番目である場合に、「時系列的な室内温度の温度上昇率が０．３℃／分であり、臭気の度合の上昇率が３０／分を超えるのであれば、換気装置２を即座にＯＮにする」という制御条件Ｄ９において「時系列的な室内温度の温度上昇率」を０．３℃／分から０．２℃／分に下げる等の変更を行う、等である。 Further, any one or more of these factors such as indoor comfort, energy saving, malfunction, risk of heat stroke, risk of infectious disease, etc., and specific control conditions D9 are linked and prepared in advance as a template. An example of this template is if indoor comfort is ranked second from the top on a five-point scale, energy saving is ranked first from the bottom on a five-point scale, and heat stroke risk is ranked third from the top on a five-stage scale. Control condition D9: "If the time-series rate of increase in indoor temperature is 0.3°C/min and the rate of increase in odor level exceeds 30/min, the ventilation system 2 is immediately turned on." For example, changes such as lowering the "temperature increase rate of indoor temperature over time" from 0.3°C/min to 0.2°C/min.
　また、例えば二酸化炭素濃度が１０００ｐｐｍを超える場合は換気装置２による換気を強くする制御条件Ｄ９が予め設定されていたものとする。しかし、実際の二酸化炭素濃度は時系列的に測定しても２４時間中７００ｐｐｍは一度もなく、６００ｐｐｍを超える場合が数回ある程度とする。かかる場合には、その室内は二酸化炭素濃度が低いところで安定しており、中にいる人もその環境に慣れていることから、逆に９００ｐｐｍを超えると中には不快に感じる場合もある。かかる場合には、二酸化炭素濃度が９００ｐｐｍを超える場合は換気装置２による換気を強くする制御条件Ｄ９に変更することもできる。 Furthermore, it is assumed that a control condition D9 has been set in advance, in which, for example, when the carbon dioxide concentration exceeds 1000 ppm, the ventilation by the ventilation device 2 is strengthened. However, even when measured over time, the actual carbon dioxide concentration never exceeds 700 ppm in 24 hours, and only exceeds 600 ppm several times. In such a case, the indoor carbon dioxide concentration is stable at a low level, and the people inside are accustomed to that environment, so if the carbon dioxide concentration exceeds 900 ppm, some people may feel uncomfortable. In such a case, the control condition may be changed to D9, in which ventilation by the ventilation device 2 is strengthened when the carbon dioxide concentration exceeds 900 ppm.
　なお、この制御条件Ｄ９の変更の方法として、室内情報Ｄ４１１、外部情報Ｄ４１２、実績情報Ｄ４１３、室内センサ情報Ｄ４１４及び室外センサ情報Ｄ４１５等の各取得データに対して、制御条件Ｄ９の変更内容を直接的に紐付けておき、新たに取得情報を検出した場合には、これを読み出して、変更すべき制御条件Ｄ９を直接導き出すようにしてもよい。 In addition, as a method of changing this control condition D9, the changes in the control condition D9 can be directly applied to each acquired data such as indoor information D411, external information D412, performance information D413, indoor sensor information D414, and outdoor sensor information D415. If newly acquired information is detected, it may be read out to directly derive the control condition D9 to be changed.
　このようにして管理設定手段４２側において、変更すべき制御条件Ｄ９を導き出した後、公衆通信網４ａを介してデータサーバ９に記録されている制御条件Ｄ９を更新する。この制御条件Ｄ９の更新は、無線通信制御ユニット４１０単位で行うようにしてもよいし、複数の無線通信制御ユニット４１０で共通の制御条件Ｄ９を更新するようにしてもよい。 In this way, on the management setting means 42 side, after deriving the control condition D9 to be changed, the control condition D9 recorded in the data server 9 is updated via the public communication network 4a. The control condition D9 may be updated for each wireless communication control unit 410, or the common control condition D9 may be updated for a plurality of wireless communication control units 410.
　無線通信制御ユニット４１０は、このデータサーバ９上において更新された制御条件Ｄ９を、公衆通信網４ａを介して取得し、これを換気制御装置３へと送信する。換気制御装置３は、この更新された制御条件Ｄ９に基づいて、上述した判定を行うことが可能となる。 The wireless communication control unit 410 acquires the control condition D9 updated on this data server 9 via the public communication network 4a, and transmits it to the ventilation control device 3. The ventilation control device 3 can make the above-described determination based on the updated control condition D9.
　なお、換気制御システム１は、制御条件Ｄ９の設定、変更、更新について、上述した方法に基づいて管理設定手段４２において行う場合に限定されるものではない。例えば、管理設定手段４２の代替として、人工知能を利用して自動的に判別するようにしてもよい。 Note that the ventilation control system 1 is not limited to setting, changing, and updating the control condition D9 in the management setting means 42 based on the method described above. For example, as an alternative to the management setting means 42, artificial intelligence may be used to automatically perform the determination.
　例えば、管理設定手段４２の代替として、人工知能を利用して自動的に判別するようにしてもよい。この場合、実際に管理設定手段４２を利用する代わりに、データサーバ９に対して人工知能を実装する。即ち、このデータサーバ９に格納されているデータについて、この人工知能を介して学習させる。 For example, as an alternative to the management setting means 42, artificial intelligence may be used to automatically make the determination. In this case, instead of actually using the management setting means 42, artificial intelligence is implemented in the data server 9. That is, the data stored in this data server 9 is made to learn via this artificial intelligence.
　換気制御システム１の人工知能は、例えば図２２（ｂ）に示すように、各種情報Ｄ４１に含まれる取得データ（室内情報Ｄ４１１、外部情報Ｄ４１２、実績情報Ｄ４１３、室内センサ情報Ｄ４１４及び室外センサ情報Ｄ４１５等）に対する、換気の必要度合Ｄ３８を教師データ（学習データ）として、上述の学習モデル８１、８２（装置情報モデル８１、制御情報モデル８２）と同様に人工知能により判定モデル８４を生成する。この換気の必要度合Ｄ３８は、上述した室内の快適さ、省エネルギー性、故障の有無、熱中症リスク、感染症リスクの可能性等の何れか１以上で具体的に示されるものであってもよい。中央にあるニューラルネットワークは、入力が各種情報Ｄ４１であり、出力が判定結果である換気の必要度合Ｄ３８となっている。管理設定手段４２は、各種情報Ｄ４１に対する必要度合Ｄ３８を教師データとした判定モデル８４を利用し、新たに取得された各種情報Ｄ４１が入力された場合に判定モデル８４から出力される必要度合Ｄ３８に応じて制御条件Ｄ９を設定してもよい。この場合、各種情報Ｄ４１に応じた換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が不明な場合でも、より正確に必要度合Ｄ３８を判定することができる。これにより、換気装置２の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 The artificial intelligence of the ventilation control system 1, for example, as shown in FIG. 22(b), acquires data included in various information D41 (indoor information D411, external information D412, performance information D413, indoor sensor information D414, and outdoor sensor information D415). A judgment model 84 is generated by artificial intelligence in the same manner as the above-mentioned learning models 81 and 82 (apparatus information model 81, control information model 82) using the degree of ventilation necessity D38 for (etc.) as teacher data (learning data). The degree of ventilation necessity D38 may be specifically expressed by any one or more of the above-mentioned indoor comfort, energy saving, presence or absence of malfunction, risk of heat stroke, possibility of risk of infectious disease, etc. . The neural network in the center receives various information D41 as input, and outputs the degree of necessity of ventilation D38 as the determination result. The management setting means 42 uses the judgment model 84 which uses the degree of necessity D38 for the various information D41 as training data, and uses the degree of necessity D38 outputted from the determination model 84 when the newly acquired various information D41 is input. The control condition D9 may be set accordingly. In this case, even if the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 according to the various information D41 is unknown, the degree of necessity D38 can be determined more accurately. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
　特に、情報取得手段４１のうち、外部情報取得手段４１２で取得する外部情報Ｄ４１２は、例えば、インターネット等の公衆通信網４ａを介して得られる換気装置２の制御に直接的又は関連する可能性を有する天気予報やその他のニュース等をデータ情報としたものなので、人工知能による方が処理し易い。かかる場合は、管理設定手段４２の代替である人工知能が、テキストデータの入力を受けると、自然言語解析することで外部情報Ｄ４１２を特定することができる。人工知能が判定する場合は、外部情報Ｄ４１２を入力し、出力としての判定結果で、換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８の判定を行うことができる。なお、外部情報Ｄ４１２は、インターネット等だけでなく、テレビやラジオ等からでも取得することができる。テレビの場合、画像情報や音声情報から文字情報に変換し、テキストデータ化できるソフトウェアがあるので、そのテキストデータ化されたものを、入力すると、自然言語解析して、キーワードを抽出し、外部情報Ｄ４１２を特定することができる。ラジオの場合、音声情報から文字情報に変換し、テキストデータ化できるソフトウェアがあるので、そのテキストデータ化されたものを、入力すると、自然言語解析して、キーワードを抽出し、外部情報Ｄ４１２を特定することができる。なお、外部情報Ｄ４１２をリスク判定毎に予め数値化する等して対応する換気装置２の制御を紐付けしておく等すれば、管理設定手段４２による対応も可能である。 In particular, the external information D412 acquired by the external information acquisition means 412 of the information acquisition means 41 may be directly or related to the control of the ventilation device 2 obtained via the public communication network 4a such as the Internet. Since the data information includes weather forecasts and other news, it is easier to process using artificial intelligence. In such a case, when the artificial intelligence that is a substitute for the management setting means 42 receives input of text data, it can identify the external information D412 by analyzing the natural language. When artificial intelligence makes the determination, external information D412 is input, and the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 can be determined based on the determination result as an output. Note that the external information D412 can be obtained not only from the Internet, but also from television, radio, and the like. In the case of television, there is software that can convert image information and audio information into text information and convert it into text data, so when you input that text data, it performs natural language analysis, extracts keywords, and extracts external information. D412 can be specified. In the case of radio, there is software that can convert audio information into text information and convert it into text data, so when the text data is input, it performs natural language analysis, extracts keywords, and identifies external information D412. can do. Note that if the external information D412 is digitized in advance for each risk determination and linked to the control of the corresponding ventilation device 2, the management setting means 42 can also handle the risk determination.
　具体的には、例えば、換気装置２が故障したか、あるいは故障しそうな状態となった場合、外部情報Ｄ４１２として、ユーザのスマートフォン等に換気装置２の補助金、換気装置２の価格情報、換気装置２やの在庫情報等が入力されると、判定結果である出力として、換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が判定されるとともに、付随サービスとして、メンテナンスや買い替えにお得な価格情報とその在庫情報、クーポン発行や補助金が受けられる条件等のお得情報を送ることができ、換気装置２のメンテナンスや買い替えのお勧めアラートを、ユーザのスマートフォン等に通知することもできる。 Specifically, for example, when the ventilation system 2 has failed or is about to malfunction, the external information D412 may include the subsidy for the ventilation system 2, price information for the ventilation system 2, ventilation information, etc. on the user's smartphone, etc. When inventory information, etc. of the device 2 is input, the necessity level D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 is determined as an output that is a judgment result, and as an accompanying service, information on advantageous prices for maintenance and replacement, and the It is possible to send advantageous information such as inventory information, coupon issuance, and conditions for receiving subsidies, and it is also possible to send recommended alerts for maintenance or replacement of the ventilation device 2 to the user's smartphone or the like.
　また、電気代が高い場合、外部情報Ｄ４１２として、ユーザのスマートフォン等に現在契約している電気会社と同社との電力の契約プランと電力の使用量とが入力されると、判定結果である出力として、換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が判定されるとともに、付随サービスとして、同社の他の契約プランや他社との比較情報を送ることができる。 In addition, if the electricity bill is high, if the user's current contracted electricity company, the electricity contract plan with the company, and the amount of electricity used are input as external information D412 into the user's smartphone, etc., an output that is the judgment result is output. As a result, the degree of necessity D38 of the control of the ventilation system 2 is determined, and as an accompanying service, comparison information with other contract plans of the company and other companies can be sent.
　また、外部情報Ｄ４１２として、使用している換気装置２の型番や使用開始年月日を入力しておくと、判定結果である出力として、換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が判定されるとともに、付随サービスとして、リコール情報があった場合等、ユーザのスマートフォン等に通知させることも等もできる。 In addition, if you input the model number and date of start of use of the ventilation device 2 in use as external information D412, the degree of necessity for controlling the ventilation device 2 D38 will be determined as an output that is the determination result. As an accompanying service, if there is recall information, the user's smartphone or the like can be notified.
　また、外部情報Ｄ４１２として、晴れ、曇り、雨、雪、雹等の天気予報や、体感温度指数、ヒートショック予報、熱中症情報、降水確率、花粉や黄砂やスモッグやＰＭ２．５等に関する情報が入力されると、判定結果である出力として、それらに対応した換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が判定されるとともに、付随サービスとして、ユーザのスマートフォン等に警報等を通知させることも等もできる。 In addition, external information D412 includes weather forecasts such as sunny, cloudy, rain, snow, and hail, sensible temperature index, heat shock forecast, heat stroke information, probability of precipitation, information regarding pollen, yellow dust, smog, PM2.5, etc. When input, the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 corresponding to them is determined as an output that is a determination result, and as an accompanying service, an alarm etc. can be notified to the user's smartphone etc. .
　また、外部情報Ｄ４１２として、自然災害で、火山の噴火があった場合、ガスや降灰の影響と、屋外の風向きや風速の予報とを入力すると、これらを組み合わせて、判定結果である出力として、それらに対応した換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が判定されるとともに、付随サービスとして、ユーザのスマートフォン等に警報等を通知させることも等もできる。 In addition, as external information D412, if there is a volcanic eruption due to a natural disaster, the effects of gas and ash fall and the forecast of outdoor wind direction and wind speed are input, and these are combined to output the judgment result. The degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 corresponding to the above is determined, and as an accompanying service, a warning or the like can be notified to the user's smartphone or the like.
　また、外部情報Ｄ４１２として、原発事故等の災害があった場合、事故現場からの距離や放射線の影響と、風向きや風速の予報とを入力すると、これらを組み合わせて、判定結果である出力として、それらに対応した換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が判定されるとともに、付随サービスとして、ユーザのスマートフォン等に警報等を通知させることも等もできる。 In addition, as external information D412, if there is a disaster such as a nuclear power plant accident, if the distance from the accident site, the influence of radiation, and the forecast of wind direction and wind speed are input, these will be combined and output as the determination result. The degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 corresponding to the above is determined, and as an accompanying service, a warning or the like can be notified to the user's smartphone or the like.
　また、外部情報Ｄ４１２として、近所で火事があった場合等が入力されると、判定結果である出力として、それに対応した換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が判定されるとともに、付随サービスとして、ユーザのスマートフォン等に警報等を通知させること等もできる。また、外部情報Ｄ４１２として、コロナウイルス等の感染拡大の地域内にある場合等が入力されると、判定結果である出力として、それに対応した換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が判定されるとともに、付随サービスとして、ユーザのスマートフォン等に警報等を通知させることも等もできる。 Further, when information such as a fire in the neighborhood is input as external information D412, the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation system 2 corresponding to that is determined as an output that is a determination result, and as an accompanying service, It is also possible to have the user's smartphone or the like notify an alert or the like. In addition, when the external information D412 indicates that the location is located in an area where coronavirus infection is spreading, etc., the degree of necessity for controlling the ventilation system 2 corresponding to that D38 is determined as an output that is the determination result. As an accompanying service, it is also possible to have the user's smartphone or the like receive notifications of warnings, etc.
　また、例えば、室内が飲食店等であり、外部情報Ｄ４１２として、ビールやアイスが美味しいドバイ等の温度や湿度でのビール指数やアイス指数が入力されると、判定結果である出力として、換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が判定される。 For example, if the room is a restaurant, etc., and the beer index and ice index at the temperature and humidity of Dubai, where beer and ice cream are delicious, are input as the external information D412, the ventilation system The necessity degree D38 of the second control is determined.
　また、室内情報取得手段４１１から取得される建築構造物の住所を含む室内の換気装置２の設置位置や数、室内の大きさ、室内の天井の高さ、最大収容人数等の室内情報Ｄ４１１は、特に外部情報Ｄ４１２等の他の取得情報と組み合わせて便利に利用されることが多い。なお、室内情報Ｄ４１１は、基本的には変化しない場合が多いので、データサーバ９等に予め記録しておいてもよい。例えば、外部情報Ｄ４１２として、換気装置２の設置位置に台風等による強風雨が打ち付けられる可能性があるとの情報があった場合等が入力されるとともに、室内情報Ｄ４１１として、換気装置２の設置位置も入力され、これらの組合せにより、判定結果である出力として、それらに対応した換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が判定される。 In addition, the indoor information D411 including the address of the building structure, the installation position and number of indoor ventilation devices 2, the indoor size, the height of the indoor ceiling, the maximum number of people, etc., obtained from the indoor information acquisition means 411 is , especially in combination with other acquired information such as external information D412. Note that the indoor information D411 basically does not change in many cases, so it may be recorded in advance in the data server 9 or the like. For example, as external information D412, information indicating that there is a possibility that strong winds and rain due to a typhoon or the like may hit the installation position of the ventilation system 2 is input, and as indoor information D411, the installation position of the ventilation system 2 is input. The positions are also input, and based on these combinations, the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 corresponding to them is determined as an output that is a determination result.
　さらに、実績情報取得手段４１３から取得される過去の電気使用量の実績値、過去の各種制御条件、過去の入力等の実績情報Ｄ４１３も、特に外部情報Ｄ４１２等の他の取得情報と組み合わせて便利に利用されることが多い。なお、実績情報Ｄ４１３は過去のものなので、公衆通信網４ａを介して、データサーバ９等に送り予め記録しておいてもよい。例えば、外部情報Ｄ４１２として、上述したような異常な事態に過去に襲われた場合等が入力されるととともに、実績情報Ｄ４１３として、どのように上手く制御方法でクリアしたか等を入力すると、判定結果である出力として、それに対応した換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が判定される。 Furthermore, performance information D413 such as past performance values of electricity usage, past various control conditions, past inputs, etc. acquired from performance information acquisition means 413 is also useful especially in combination with other acquired information such as external information D412. It is often used for Note that since the performance information D413 is past information, it may be sent to the data server 9 or the like via the public communication network 4a and recorded in advance. For example, if the external information D412 is inputted as the case where the abnormal situation mentioned above occurred in the past, and the performance information D413 is inputted as how well the control method was used to clear the problem, etc. As the resulting output, the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation device 2 corresponding thereto is determined.
　上記の判定モデル８４は、以前において取得した各取得データと、その際に管理者が具体的に判定した換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８を学習用データセットとして学習させたものであってもよい。 The above-described determination model 84 may be one in which the previously acquired data and the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilation system 2 specifically determined by the administrator at that time are trained as a learning data set. good.
　このような人工知能を利用し、取得情報を入力すると、判定結果である出力として、これに応じた換気装置２の必要度合Ｄ３８が判定される。このような換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が判定されることで、換気制御システム１は、上述と同様にこれに紐付けられている変更すべき換気装置２の制御を得ることができる。 When such artificial intelligence is used and the acquired information is input, the degree of necessity D38 of the ventilation device 2 is determined as an output that is a determination result. By determining the degree of necessity D38 for controlling the ventilation device 2, the ventilation control system 1 can obtain control of the ventilation device 2 to be changed, which is linked to this, in the same manner as described above.
　また、人それぞれで体感温度等は異なるので、室内に複数人いる場合は、個々のスマートフォン等で意見を募り、これらを平均値化して制御条件Ｄ９に反映させるようにしてもよい。 Also, since the sensible temperature etc. differs from person to person, if there are multiple people in the room, opinions may be collected from each individual using a smartphone, etc., and these may be averaged and reflected in the control condition D9.
　以上のように構成されているので、上述した換気制御システム１によれば、建築構造物の室内の快適さのみならず、高い安全性等も考慮した換気制御システム１を提供することができる。 As configured as above, according to the ventilation control system 1 described above, it is possible to provide a ventilation control system 1 that takes into account not only the indoor comfort of a building structure but also high safety.
　さらに、この換気制御システム１では、ユーザのそれぞれに合わせた快適性を提供することができ、リスク管理についても、例えば、ユーザが花粉症でない場合等は、花粉対策はリスクに取り入れないで制御条件Ｄ９を設定して実施することもできる。 Furthermore, with this ventilation control system 1, it is possible to provide comfort tailored to each user, and with regard to risk management, for example, if the user does not have hay fever, pollen countermeasures are not included in the risk control conditions. It can also be implemented by setting D9.
　なお、本実施形態における換気制御システム１の動作の説明についても、温度調節制御システムの動作の説明に置き換えることができる。温度調節制御システムの動作は、例えば換気制御システム１の動作と同様に、上述の情報取得ステップＳ１６０と、判定ステップＳ１７０と、をさらに有する。 Note that the explanation of the operation of the ventilation control system 1 in this embodiment can also be replaced with the explanation of the operation of the temperature adjustment control system. The operation of the temperature adjustment control system, for example, similarly to the operation of the ventilation control system 1, further includes the above-mentioned information acquisition step S160 and determination step S170.
　情報取得ステップＳ１６０において、温度調節制御装置の情報取得手段４１は、例えば室内情報Ｄ４１１、外部情報Ｄ４１２、実績情報Ｄ４１３、室内センサ情報Ｄ４１４、室外センサ情報Ｄ４１５等を含む各種情報Ｄ４１を取得する。 In the information acquisition step S160, the information acquisition means 41 of the temperature adjustment control device acquires various information D41 including, for example, indoor information D411, external information D412, performance information D413, indoor sensor information D414, outdoor sensor information D415, etc.
　情報取得ステップＳ１６０において取得された各種情報Ｄ４１は、校正条件を参照し、校正が施されてもよい。すなわち、温度調節制御装置の情報取得手段４１は、予め設定された校正条件を参照し、取得した各種情報Ｄ４１について校正を施す。この場合、各種情報Ｄ４１に応じた温度調節装置の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８をより正確に判定することができる。これにより、温度調節装置の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 The various information D41 acquired in the information acquisition step S160 may be calibrated with reference to the calibration conditions. That is, the information acquisition means 41 of the temperature adjustment control device refers to preset calibration conditions and calibrates the acquired various information D41. In this case, it is possible to more accurately determine the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the temperature adjustment device according to the various information D41. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be further improved.
　判定ステップＳ１７０において、温度調節制御装置の判定手段３８は、制御条件Ｄ９に基づいて温度調節装置の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８を判定する。判定ステップＳ１７０において、温度調節装置の判定手段３８は、例えば各種情報Ｄ４１と、制御条件Ｄ９と、に基づいて温度調節装置の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８を判定する。判定手段３８は、例えば室内情報Ｄ４１１に基づく室内の快適度と、外部情報Ｄ４１２に基づく屋外の快適度と、制御条件Ｄ９と、に基づいて、温度調節装置の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８を判定する。判定ステップＤ１７０において、判定手段３８は、温度調節制御装置と区別される場合、判定結果（必要度合Ｄ３８）を温度調節制御装置に送信する。判定ステップＳ１７０において、温度調節制御装置は、判定手段３８による判定結果に基づいて、温度調節装置を制御するための制御情報Ｄ３３を出力してもよい。 In the determination step S170, the determination means 38 of the temperature adjustment control device determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the temperature adjustment device based on the control condition D9. In determination step S170, the determination means 38 of the temperature adjustment device determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the temperature adjustment device based on, for example, various information D41 and control conditions D9. The determining means 38 determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the temperature adjustment device based on, for example, the indoor comfort level based on the indoor information D411, the outdoor comfort level based on the external information D412, and the control condition D9. In the determination step D170, the determination means 38 transmits the determination result (degree of necessity D38) to the temperature adjustment control device if it is distinguished from the temperature adjustment control device. In the determination step S170, the temperature adjustment control device may output control information D33 for controlling the temperature adjustment device based on the determination result by the determination means 38.
　温度調節制御装置の管理設定手段４２は、各種情報Ｄ４１に対する必要度合Ｄ３８を教師データとした判定モデル８４を利用し、新たに取得された各種情報Ｄ４１が入力された場合に判定モデル８４から出力される必要度合Ｄ３８に応じて制御条件Ｄ９を設定してもよい。この場合、各種情報Ｄ４１に応じた温度調節装置の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が不明な場合でも、より正確に必要度合Ｄ３８を判定することができる。これにより、温度調節装置の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 The management setting means 42 of the temperature adjustment control device uses a judgment model 84 that uses the degree of necessity D38 for the various information D41 as training data, and determines the output from the judgment model 84 when the newly acquired various information D41 is input. The control condition D9 may be set depending on the degree of necessity D38. In this case, even if the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the temperature adjustment device according to the various information D41 is unknown, the degree of necessity D38 can be determined more accurately. Thereby, the convenience of the temperature control device can be further improved.
　本実施形態によれば、換気制御装置３は、取得された室内情報Ｄ４１１、外部情報Ｄ４１２、実績情報Ｄ４１３、室内センサ情報Ｄ４１４、及び室外センサ情報Ｄ４１５のうち少なくとも１以上の情報を含む各種情報Ｄ４１と、設定された制御条件Ｄ９と、に基づいて、換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８を判定する判定手段３８をさらに備え、判定手段３８により判定された必要度合Ｄ３８に基づいて、設定手段３４により設定された制御情報Ｄ３３を換気装置２に対して出力する。このため、取得された各種情報Ｄ４１に応じて必要度合Ｄ３８の判定と装置の制御とを自動化することができる。これにより、換気装置２の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 According to this embodiment, the ventilation control device 3 provides various information D41 including at least one of the acquired indoor information D411, external information D412, performance information D413, indoor sensor information D414, and outdoor sensor information D415. and the set control condition D9, the setting means 34 further includes a determination means 38 that determines the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilator 2 based on the degree of necessity D38 determined by the determination means 38. The control information D33 set by is output to the ventilation device 2. For this reason, it is possible to automate the determination of the degree of necessity D38 and the control of the device according to the acquired various information D41. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
　本実施形態によれば、管理設定手段４２は、情報取得手段４１により取得された各種情報Ｄ４１に基づいて制御条件Ｄ９を設定する。このため、取得された各種情報Ｄ４１に応じて制御条件Ｄ９の設定を自動化することができる。これにより、換気装置２の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 According to this embodiment, the management setting means 42 sets the control conditions D9 based on the various information D41 acquired by the information acquisition means 41. Therefore, it is possible to automate the setting of the control conditions D9 according to the acquired various information D41. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
　本実施形態によれば、管理設定手段４２は、各種情報Ｄ４１に対する必要度合Ｄ３８を教師データとした判定モデル８４を利用し、新たに取得された各種情報Ｄ４１が入力された場合に判定モデル８４から出力される必要度合Ｄ３８に応じて制御条件Ｄ９を設定する。このため、各種情報Ｄ４１に応じた換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８が不明な場合でも、より正確に必要度合Ｄ３８を判定することができる。これにより、換気装置２の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 According to this embodiment, the management setting means 42 uses the judgment model 84 that uses the degree of necessity D38 for the various information D41 as training data, and uses the judgment model 84 when the newly acquired various information D41 is input. Control conditions D9 are set according to the output necessity level D38. Therefore, even if the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilator 2 according to the various information D41 is unknown, the degree of necessity D38 can be determined more accurately. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
　本実施形態によれば、情報取得手段４１は、予め設定された校正条件を参照し、取得した各種情報Ｄ４１について校正を施す。このため、各種情報Ｄ４１に応じた換気装置２の制御の必要度合Ｄ３８をより正確に判定することができる。これにより、換気装置２の利便性のさらなる向上を図ることができる。 According to the present embodiment, the information acquisition means 41 refers to preset calibration conditions and performs calibration on the acquired various information D41. Therefore, it is possible to more accurately determine the degree of necessity D38 of controlling the ventilator 2 according to the various information D41. Thereby, the convenience of the ventilation device 2 can be further improved.
　本発明のいくつかの実施形態を説明したが、これらの実施形態は、例として提示したものであり、発明の範囲を限定することは意図していない。これら新規な実施形態は、その他の様々な形態で実施されることが可能であり、発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲で、種々の省略、置き換え、変更を行うことができる。これら実施形態やその変形は、発明の範囲や要旨に含まれるとともに、特許請求の範囲に記載された発明とその均等の範囲に含まれる。 Although several embodiments of the present invention have been described, these embodiments are presented as examples and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. These novel embodiments can be implemented in various other forms, and various omissions, substitutions, and changes can be made without departing from the gist of the invention. These embodiments and their modifications are included within the scope and gist of the invention, as well as within the scope of the invention described in the claims and its equivalents.
１　換気制御システム
２　換気装置
　　２００　換気装置操作部
３　換気制御装置
　３０　筐体
　　３０１　ＣＰＵ
　　３０２　ＲＯＭ
　　３０３　ＲＡＭ
　　３０４　保存部
　　３０５　Ｉ／Ｆ
　　３０６　Ｉ／Ｆ
　　３０７　Ｉ／Ｆ
　　３０８　入力部
　　３０９　表示部
　　３１０　内部バス
　３１　通信手段
　３２　記憶手段
　３３　装置情報特定手段
　３４　設定手段
　３５　学習データ取得手段
　３６　装置情報モデル生成手段
　３７　制御情報モデル生成手段
　３８　判定手段
４　無線通信網
４ａ　公衆通信網
　４１　情報取得手段
　　４１０　無線通信制御ユニット
　　４１１　室内情報取得手段
　　４１２　外部情報取得手段
　　４１３　実績情報取得手段
　　４１４　室内センサ情報取得手段
　　４１５　室外センサ情報取得手段
　４２　管理設定手段
６１　第１データベース
６２　第２データベース
８１　装置情報モデル
８２　制御情報モデル
８３　制御条件モデル
８４　判定モデル
９　データサーバ
　９１　通信手段
　９２　記憶手段Ｓ１１０　装置情報特定ステップ
Ｓ１２０　設定ステップ
Ｓ１３０　学習データ取得ステップ
Ｓ１４０　装置情報モデル生成ステップ
Ｓ１５０　制御情報モデル生成ステップ
Ｓ１６０　情報取得ステップ
Ｓ１７０　判定ステップ
Ｄ３１　装置情報
Ｄ３２　操作情報
Ｄ３３　制御情報
Ｄ３８　必要度合
Ｄ４１　各種情報
　Ｄ４１１　室内情報
　Ｄ４１２　外部情報
　Ｄ４１３　実績情報
　Ｄ４１４　室内センサ情報
　Ｄ４１５　室外センサ情報
Ｄ６１　参照用装置情報
Ｄ６２　参照用操作情報
Ｄ６３　参照用制御情報
Ｄ７１　学習データ（装置情報モデル用）
　Ｄ７１１　入力データ
　Ｄ７１２　出力データ
Ｄ７２　学習データ（制御情報モデル用）
　Ｄ７２１　入力データ
　Ｄ７２２　出力データ
Ｄ９　制御条件
Ｔ６１１　装置情報テーブル（第１データベース内）
Ｔ６１３　制御情報テーブル（第１データベース内）
Ｔ６２１　装置情報テーブル（第２データベース内）
Ｔ６２２　操作情報テーブル（第２データベース内）
Ｔ６２３　制御情報テーブル（第２データベース内） 1 Ventilation control system 2 Ventilator 200 Ventilator operation unit 3 Ventilation control device 30 Housing 301 CPU
302 ROM
303 RAM
304 Storage section 305 I/F
306 I/F
307 I/F
308 Input section 309 Display section 310 Internal bus 31 Communication means 32 Storage means 33 Device information specifying means 34 Setting means 35 Learning data acquisition means 36 Device information model generation means 37 Control information model generation means 38 Judgment means 4 Wireless communication network 4a Public communication Network 41 Information acquisition means 410 Radio communication control unit 411 Indoor information acquisition means 412 External information acquisition means 413 Performance information acquisition means 414 Indoor sensor information acquisition means 415 Outdoor sensor information acquisition means 42 Management setting means 61 First database 62 Second database 81 Device information model 82 Control information model 83 Control condition model 84 Judgment model 9 Data server 91 Communication means 92 Storage means S110 Device information specification step S120 Setting step S130 Learning data acquisition step S140 Device information model generation step S150 Control information model generation step S160 Information Acquisition step S170 Judgment step D31 Device information D32 Operation information D33 Control information D38 Necessity level D41 Various information D411 Indoor information D412 External information D413 Performance information D414 Indoor sensor information D415 Outdoor sensor information D61 Reference device information D62 Reference operation information D63 Reference Control information D71 Learning data (for device information model)
D711 Input data D712 Output data D72 Learning data (for control information model)
D721 Input data D722 Output data D9 Control condition T611 Device information table (in the first database)
T613 Control information table (in the first database)
T621 Device information table (in the second database)
T622 Operation information table (in the second database)
T623 Control information table (in the second database)

Claims (14)

  1. 　室内の換気を行う既設の換気装置と、
    　上記換気装置を制御するための制御情報を出力する既設の換気装置操作部と、
    　上記換気装置と上記換気装置操作部との間に新たに設置される換気制御装置と、を備え、
    　上記換気制御装置は、
    　　換気装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、換気装置の装置情報を含む参照用装置情報と、が予め紐づけられて記憶された第１データベースを参照した上で、上記換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定手段と、
    　　換気装置の操作内容を示す操作情報を含む参照用操作情報と、換気装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、が換気装置の装置情報ごとに予め紐づけられて記憶された第２データベースを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を前記第２データベースから取得し、当該換気制御装置に対して、取得した前記操作情報と前記制御情報とを設定する設定手段と、を備えること
    　を特徴とする換気制御システム。     Existing ventilation equipment to ventilate the room,
    an existing ventilation system operation unit that outputs control information for controlling the ventilation system;
    a ventilation control device newly installed between the ventilation device and the ventilation device operation section,
    The above ventilation control device is
    After referring to the first database in which the reference control information including the control information of the ventilation device and the reference device information including the device information of the ventilation device are stored in a linked manner in advance, device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to the acquired control information;
    A second database is stored in which reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details of the ventilation device and reference control information including control information of the ventilation device are stored in advance in association with each device information of the ventilation device. After referring to the information, the device information specifying means obtains operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified from the second database, and applies the obtained operation information and the control information to the ventilation control device. A ventilation control system comprising: a setting means for setting information.
  2. 　上記装置情報特定手段は、上記参照用制御情報を含む入力データと、上記参照用装置情報を含む出力データと、を一組とするデータセットを学習データとして用いて、機械学習により生成され、上記第１データベースに予め記憶される装置情報モデルを参照した上で、上記換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定すること
    　を特徴とする請求項１記載の換気制御システム。     The device information specifying means is generated by machine learning using a data set including input data including the reference control information and output data including the reference device information as learning data. The ventilation control system according to claim 1, wherein device information corresponding to the control information acquired from the ventilation device operation unit is specified by referring to a device information model stored in advance in a first database.
  3. 　上記設定手段は、上記参照用操作情報を含む入力データと、上記参照用制御情報を含む出力データと、を一組とするデータセットを学習データとして用いて、機械学習により生成され、上記第２データベースに予め記憶される制御情報モデルを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と、当該操作情報に対応する制御情報と、を取得すること
    　を特徴とする請求項１又は２記載の換気制御システム。     The setting means is generated by machine learning using a data set including input data including the reference operation information and output data including the reference control information as learning data, and is generated by machine learning. The method is characterized in that, after referring to a control information model stored in a database in advance, operation information according to the device information specified by the device information specifying means and control information corresponding to the operation information are acquired. The ventilation control system according to claim 1 or 2.
  4. 　上記換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報を再現して生成し、上記換気装置に対して出力した再現制御情報のうち、当該換気装置の操作情報に対応する制御が可能な再現制御情報と、当該換気装置の装置情報と、を含む学習データを取得する学習データ取得手段と、
    　上記学習データ取得手段が取得した学習データに基づいて、機械学習により装置情報モデルを生成する装置情報モデル生成手段と、をさらに備えること
    　を特徴とする請求項２記載の換気制御システム。     Among the reproduction control information that is generated by reproducing the control information acquired from the ventilation apparatus operation unit and output to the ventilation apparatus, reproduction control information that can perform control corresponding to the operation information of the ventilation apparatus, and a learning data acquisition means for acquiring learning data including device information of the ventilation device;
    The ventilation control system according to claim 2, further comprising device information model generation means for generating a device information model by machine learning based on the learning data acquired by the learning data acquisition means.
  5. 　上記換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報を再現して生成し、上記換気装置に対して出力した再現制御情報のうち、当該換気装置の操作情報に対応する制御が可能な再現制御情報と、当該操作情報と、を含む学習データを取得する学習データ取得手段と、
    　上記学習データ取得手段が取得した学習データに基づいて、機械学習により制御情報モデルを生成する制御情報モデル生成手段と、をさらに備えること
    　を特徴とする請求項３記載の換気制御システム。     Among the reproduction control information that is generated by reproducing the control information acquired from the ventilation apparatus operation unit and output to the ventilation apparatus, reproduction control information that can perform control corresponding to the operation information of the ventilation apparatus, and learning data acquisition means for acquiring learning data including operation information;
    The ventilation control system according to claim 3, further comprising control information model generation means for generating a control information model by machine learning based on the learning data acquired by the learning data acquisition means.
  6. 　上記換気制御装置は、
    　　上記室内又は上記換気装置に係る室内情報、外部情報、実績情報、室内センサ情報、及び室外センサ情報のうち少なくとも１以上の情報を含む各種情報を取得する情報取得手段と、
    　　上記換気装置を自動制御するための制御条件を設定する管理設定手段と、
    　　上記情報取得手段により取得された上記各種情報と、上記管理設定手段により設定された上記制御条件と、に基づいて、上記換気装置の制御の必要度合を判定する判定手段と、
    　をさらに備え、
    　上記判定手段により判定された上記必要度合に基づいて、上記設定手段により設定された上記制御情報を上記換気装置に対して出力すること
    　を特徴とする請求項１記載の換気制御システム。     The above ventilation control device is
    Information acquisition means for acquiring various information including at least one of indoor information, external information, performance information, indoor sensor information, and outdoor sensor information related to the room or the ventilation device;
    management setting means for setting control conditions for automatically controlling the ventilation device;
    determining means for determining the degree of necessity of controlling the ventilation device based on the various information acquired by the information acquisition means and the control conditions set by the management setting means;
    Furthermore,
    The ventilation control system according to claim 1, wherein the control information set by the setting means is output to the ventilation apparatus based on the degree of necessity determined by the determination means.
  7. 　上記管理設定手段は、上記情報取得手段により取得された上記各種情報に基づいて上記制御条件を設定すること
    　を特徴とする請求項６記載の換気制御システム。     The ventilation control system according to claim 6, wherein the management setting means sets the control conditions based on the various information acquired by the information acquisition means.
  8. 　上記管理設定手段は、上記各種情報に対する上記必要度合を教師データとした判定モデルを利用し、新たに取得された上記各種情報が入力された場合に上記判定モデルから出力される必要度合に応じて上記制御条件を設定すること
    　を特徴とする請求項６又は７記載の換気制御システム。     The management setting means uses a judgment model that uses the degree of necessity for the various information as training data, and uses the degree of necessity output from the determination model when the newly acquired various information is input. The ventilation control system according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that the control conditions are set.
  9. 　上記情報取得手段は、予め設定された校正条件を参照し、取得した上記各種情報について校正を施すこと
    　を特徴とする請求項６又は７記載の換気制御システム。     The ventilation control system according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the information acquisition means refers to preset calibration conditions and calibrates the acquired various information.
  10. 　室内の換気を行う既設の換気装置と、上記換気装置を制御するための制御情報を出力する既設の換気装置操作部と、の間に新たに設置される換気制御装置において、
    　換気装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、換気装置の装置情報を含む参照用装置情報と、が予め紐づけられて記憶された第１データベースを参照した上で、上記換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定手段と、
    　換気装置の操作内容を示す操作情報を含む参照用操作情報と、換気装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、が換気装置の装置情報ごとに予め紐づけられて記憶された第２データベースを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を前記第２データベースから取得し、当該換気制御装置に対して、取得した前記操作情報と前記制御情報とを設定する設定手段と、を備えること
    　を特徴とする換気制御装置。     In a ventilation control device newly installed between an existing ventilation device that performs indoor ventilation and an existing ventilation device operation unit that outputs control information for controlling the ventilation device,
    After referring to the first database in which the reference control information including the control information of the ventilation device and the reference device information including the device information of the ventilation device are stored in a linked manner, device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to the acquired control information;
    A second database is stored in which reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details of the ventilation device and reference control information including control information of the ventilation device are stored in advance in association with each device information of the ventilation device. After referring to the information, the device information specifying means obtains operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified from the second database, and applies the obtained operation information and the control information to the ventilation control device. A ventilation control device comprising: a setting means for setting information.
  11. 　室内の換気を行う既設の換気装置と、上記換気装置を制御するための制御情報を出力する既設の換気装置操作部と、上記換気装置と上記換気装置操作部との間に新たに設置される換気制御装置と、を備える換気制御システムを制御する換気制御プログラムにおいて、
    　換気装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、換気装置の装置情報を含む参照用装置情報と、が予め紐づけられて記憶された第１データベースを参照した上で、上記換気装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定ステップと、
    　換気装置の操作内容を示す操作情報を含む参照用操作情報と、換気装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、が換気装置の装置情報ごとに予め紐づけられて記憶された第２データベースを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定ステップが特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を前記第２データベースから取得し、当該換気制御装置に対して、取得した前記操作情報と前記制御情報とを設定する設定ステップと、をコンピュータに実行させること
    　を特徴とする換気制御プログラム。     A new ventilation system is installed between an existing ventilation system that ventilates the room, an existing ventilation system operation unit that outputs control information for controlling the ventilation system, and the ventilation system and the ventilation system operation unit. In a ventilation control program that controls a ventilation control system comprising a ventilation control device,
    After referring to the first database in which the reference control information including the control information of the ventilation device and the reference device information including the device information of the ventilation device are stored in a linked manner, a device information specifying step of specifying device information corresponding to the acquired control information;
    A second database is stored in which reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details of the ventilation device and reference control information including control information of the ventilation device are stored in advance in association with each device information of the ventilation device. After referring to the above, the device information identifying step acquires operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified from the second database, and applies the acquired operation information and the control information to the ventilation control device. A ventilation control program comprising: a setting step for setting information; and causing a computer to execute.
  12. 　室内の温度調節を行う既設の温度調節装置と、
    　上記温度調節装置を制御するための制御情報を出力する既設の温度調節装置操作部と、
    　上記温度調節装置と上記温度調節装置操作部との間に新たに設置される温度調節制御装置と、を備え、
    　上記温度調節制御装置は、
    　　温度調節装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、温度調節装置の装置情報を含む参照用装置情報と、が予め紐づけられて記憶された第１データベースを参照した上で、上記温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定手段と、
    　　温度調節装置の操作内容を示す操作情報を含む参照用操作情報と、温度調節装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、が温度調節装置の装置情報ごとに予め紐づけられて記憶された第２データベースを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を前記第２データベースから取得し、当該温度調節制御装置に対して、取得した前記操作情報と前記制御情報とを設定する設定手段と、を備えること
    　を特徴とする温度調節制御システム。     Existing temperature control device that controls indoor temperature,
    an existing temperature control device operation unit that outputs control information for controlling the temperature control device;
    a temperature adjustment control device newly installed between the temperature adjustment device and the temperature adjustment device operation section,
    The above temperature adjustment control device is
    After referring to a first database in which reference control information including control information of the temperature control device and reference device information including device information of the temperature control device are stored in a linked manner, device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to control information acquired from the operation unit;
    Reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details of the temperature adjustment device and reference control information including control information of the temperature adjustment device are stored in advance in association with each device information of the temperature adjustment device. After referring to the second database, the device information specifying means obtains operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified from the second database, and performs the obtained operation on the temperature adjustment control device. A temperature adjustment control system comprising: a setting means for setting information and the control information.
  13. 　室内の温度調節を行う既設の温度調節装置と、上記温度調節装置を制御するための制御情報を出力する既設の温度調節装置操作部と、の間に新たに設置される温度調節制御装置において、
    　温度調節装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、温度調節装置の装置情報を含む参照用装置情報と、が予め紐づけられて記憶された第１データベースを参照した上で、上記温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定手段と、
    　温度調節装置の操作内容を示す操作情報を含む参照用操作情報と、温度調節装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、が温度調節装置の装置情報ごとに予め紐づけられて記憶された第２データベースを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定手段が特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を前記第２データベースから取得し、当該温度調節制御装置に対して、取得した前記操作情報と前記制御情報とを設定する設定手段と、を備えること
    　を特徴とする温度調節制御装置。     In a temperature adjustment control device newly installed between an existing temperature adjustment device that adjusts indoor temperature and an existing temperature adjustment device operation unit that outputs control information for controlling the temperature adjustment device,
    After referring to a first database in which reference control information including control information of the temperature control device and reference device information including device information of the temperature control device are stored in a linked manner, device information specifying means for specifying device information corresponding to control information acquired from the operation unit;
    Reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details of the temperature adjustment device and reference control information including control information of the temperature adjustment device are stored in advance in association with each device information of the temperature adjustment device. After referring to the second database, the device information specifying means obtains operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified from the second database, and performs the obtained operation on the temperature adjustment control device. A temperature adjustment control device comprising: a setting means for setting information and the control information.
  14. 　室内の温度調節を行う既設の温度調節装置と、上記温度調節装置を制御するための制御情報を出力する既設の温度調節装置操作部と、上記温度調節装置と上記温度調節装置操作部との間に新たに設置される温度調節制御装置と、を備える温度調節制御システムを制御する温度調節制御プログラムにおいて、
    　温度調節装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、温度調節装置の装置情報を含む参照用装置情報と、が予め紐づけられて記憶された第１データベースを参照した上で、上記温度調節装置操作部から取得した制御情報に対応する装置情報を特定する装置情報特定ステップと、
    　温度調節装置の操作内容を示す操作情報を含む参照用操作情報と、温度調節装置の制御情報を含む参照用制御情報と、が温度調節装置の装置情報ごとに予め紐づけられて記憶された第２データベースを参照した上で、上記装置情報特定ステップが特定した装置情報に応じた操作情報と制御情報と、を前記第２データベースから取得し、当該温度調節制御装置に対して、取得した前記操作情報と前記制御情報とを設定する設定ステップと、をコンピュータに実行させること
    　を特徴とする温度調節制御プログラム。
     
          An existing temperature adjustment device that adjusts the temperature in the room, an existing temperature adjustment device operation section that outputs control information for controlling the temperature adjustment device, and between the temperature adjustment device and the temperature adjustment device operation section. In a temperature adjustment control program that controls a temperature adjustment control system comprising a newly installed temperature adjustment control device,
    After referring to a first database in which reference control information including control information of the temperature control device and reference device information including device information of the temperature control device are stored in a linked manner, a device information specifying step of specifying device information corresponding to the control information obtained from the operation unit;
    Reference operation information including operation information indicating operation details of the temperature adjustment device and reference control information including control information of the temperature adjustment device are stored in advance in association with each device information of the temperature adjustment device. After referring to the second database, the operation information and control information corresponding to the device information specified in the device information specifying step are obtained from the second database, and the obtained operation information is applied to the temperature adjustment control device. A temperature adjustment control program, comprising: causing a computer to execute a setting step of setting information and the control information.
PCT/JP2023/029611 2022-08-25 2023-08-16 Ventilation control system, ventilation control device, ventilation control program, temperature adjustment/control system, temperature adjustment/control device, and temperature adjustment/control program WO2024043156A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022134493A JP7244148B1 (en) 2022-08-25 2022-08-25 Ventilation control system, ventilation control device, and ventilation control program
JP2022-134493 2022-08-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024043156A1 true WO2024043156A1 (en) 2024-02-29

Family

ID=85684997

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/029611 WO2024043156A1 (en) 2022-08-25 2023-08-16 Ventilation control system, ventilation control device, ventilation control program, temperature adjustment/control system, temperature adjustment/control device, and temperature adjustment/control program

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (2) JP7244148B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2024043156A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7244148B1 (en) * 2022-08-25 2023-03-22 ｃｙｎａｐｓ株式会社 Ventilation control system, ventilation control device, and ventilation control program

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015017718A (en) * 2013-07-09 2015-01-29 日立アプライアンス株式会社 Air conditioning system, control device of air conditioning system, and control method of air conditioning system
JP2018071853A (en) * 2016-10-27 2018-05-10 インフォグリーン株式会社 Learning device, control device, learning method, control method, learning program, and control program
JP7244148B1 (en) * 2022-08-25 2023-03-22 ｃｙｎａｐｓ株式会社 Ventilation control system, ventilation control device, and ventilation control program

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015017718A (en) * 2013-07-09 2015-01-29 日立アプライアンス株式会社 Air conditioning system, control device of air conditioning system, and control method of air conditioning system
JP2018071853A (en) * 2016-10-27 2018-05-10 インフォグリーン株式会社 Learning device, control device, learning method, control method, learning program, and control program
JP7244148B1 (en) * 2022-08-25 2023-03-22 ｃｙｎａｐｓ株式会社 Ventilation control system, ventilation control device, and ventilation control program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2024031759A (en) 2024-03-07
JP7244148B1 (en) 2023-03-22
JP2024031139A (en) 2024-03-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102648234B1 (en) Data learning server and method for generating and using thereof
US11107005B1 (en) Temperature preference learning by suggestion and user acceptance
AU2021203457B2 (en) Devices, systems, and methods for assessing facility
US20210173969A1 (en) Multifactor analysis of building microenvironments
US10514177B2 (en) Smartvent and atmospheric controller apparatuses, methods and systems
CA2966338C (en) Indoor air quality sense and control system
WO2024043156A1 (en) Ventilation control system, ventilation control device, ventilation control program, temperature adjustment/control system, temperature adjustment/control device, and temperature adjustment/control program
US11714392B2 (en) Multi-site building management system
US10285245B2 (en) Light scene creation or modification by means of lighting device usage data
CN113272596A (en) System and method for controlling indoor air quality
WO2014048317A1 (en) Control method and system for air conditioning
AU2015101660A4 (en) IEQ performance system
KR20170068958A (en) Apparatus and method for controlling temperature in air conditioning system
CN106796046A (en) Intelligent environment regulation and control engine, intelligent environment regulating system and equipment
US11796202B2 (en) Intelligent ventilation monitoring, controls and optimization
CN104950084A (en) Method and device for air data prewarning
CN111459214A (en) Control management system and method based on intelligent environment
US20170180947A1 (en) Identification of similar users
JP2012167884A (en) Air conditioning system and temperature setting method
WO2024014275A1 (en) Ventilation control system
US20240060673A1 (en) Control method and device for environment adjustment device, and intelligent environment adjustment system
JP7249068B1 (en) ventilation control system
EP4392987A1 (en) Health assessment generation based on voc detection
WO2023027735A1 (en) Collaborative environmental sensor networks for indoor air quality
JP2024056517A (en) Information processing method, program, information processing device, and information processing system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23857269

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1